Programme Specific Regulations 2023 - 2024
Programme Title |
BA in Accounting and Finance |
Programme Code |
AF |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis |
Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the award classification
The precision mark attained in the 2nd year contributes 20% to the overall award classification.
Year 2 |
20% |
Year 3 |
80% |
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Students will not be permitted to "carry" modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Year 1
AC 120 |
Financial Accounting 1 |
AC 130 |
Introductory Accounting for Planning & Control |
LG 102 | Principles of Commercial Law in Ireland |
Year 2
AC 220 |
Financial Accounting Theory and Practice |
AC 223 |
Management Accounting: Cost Systems |
EF 218 |
Corporate Financial Management and Investments |
Year 3
AC 303 |
Advanced International Financial Accounting |
AC 305 |
Taxation |
AC 320 |
Management Accounting - Decision Making |
LG 355 |
Company Law for Accountants |
5. Resit Categories
The result categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BA in Global Business |
Programme Code | EBC, EBF, EBG, EBS, EBT |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the award classification
Both 2nd and 3rd year precision marks are included in the final award classification calculation at a weighting of 20% each.
Year | Weight |
2 | 20% |
3 | 20% |
4 | 60% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, except for year 1 and year 2 as follows:
Programme Code | Student Origin | Credits |
---|---|---|
EBC1, EBF1, EBG1, EBS1, EBT1 | All | 75 |
EBC2, EBT2 | All | 45 |
EBF2, EBG2, EBS2 | France, Germany, Spain | 45 |
EBF2, EBG2, EBS2 | Ireland | 55 |
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following modules and Intra module:
First Year:
Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
FR 103 | Intermediate Language Skills 1 | 5 |
FR 104 | Intermediate Language Skills 2 | 5 |
GE 103 | Intermediate German Language Skills 1 | 5 |
GE 104 | Intermediate German Language Skills 2 | 5 |
SP 103 | Intermediate Spanish Language Skills 1 | 5 |
SP 104 | Intermediate Spanish Language Skills 2 | 5 |
FR 130 | French Language 3 (Intermediate) | 10 |
FR 140 | French Language 4 (Intermediate) | 5 |
GE 130 | German Language 3 (Intermediate) | 10 |
GE 140 | German Language 4 (Intermediate) | 5 |
SP 130 | Spanish Language 3 (Intermediate) | 10 |
SP 140 | Spanish Language 4 (Intermediate) | 5 |
Second Year:
Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
FR 213 | Intermediate French Language Skills 3 | 5 |
GE 213 | Intermediate German Language Skills 3 | 5 |
SP 213 | Intermediate Spanish Language Skills 3 | 5 |
FR 295 | French Language and Business 1 | 10 |
FR 299 | French Language and Business 2 | 10 |
GE 295 | German Language and Business 1 | 10 |
GE 299 | German Language and Business 2 | 10 |
SP 295 | Spanish Language and Business 1 | 10 |
SP 299 | Spanish Language and Business 2 | 10 |
MT 213 | INTRA | 10 |
Third Year:
Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
MT 310 | INTRA | 30 |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Academic Structures webpages for this programme.
Programme Title |
Bachelor of Business Studies Bachelor of Business Studies (Exchange) Bachelor of Business Studies (Intra) |
Programme Code | BS, BSE, BSI |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the award classification
The precision mark attained in 2nd year contributes 20% to the overall award classification. This also pertains to students who transfer into final year from other Business School programmes.
Year 2 | 20% |
Final Year | 80% |
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found below:
Programme Title | Bachelor of Business Studies International |
---|---|
Programme Code | INTB |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the award classification
The precision mark attained in 2nd year contributes 20% to the overall award classification.
Year 2 | 20% |
---|---|
Year 4 | 80% |
Please note that students who are unable to complete the year abroad requirement as a consequence of Covid-19 restrictions have the option of completing a 3-year degree or to complete their year abroad in the 4th year of their degree. In either case year 3 will contribute 80% of their overall award classification.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
First Year:
Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
---|---|---|
FR 130 | French Language 3 (Intermediate) | 10 credits |
FR 140 | French Language 4 (Intermediate) | 5 credits |
GE 130 | German Language 3 (Intermediate) | 10 credits |
GE 140 | German Language 4 (Intermediate) | 5 credits |
JA 193 | Japanese Language 1 | 10 credits |
JA 194 | Japanese Language 2 | 10 credits |
SP 130 | Spanish Language 3 (Intermediate) | 10 credits |
SP 140 | Spanish Language 4 (Intermediate) | 5 credits |
ZH 107 | Chinese Language 1 (Beginners) | 10 credits |
ZH 108 | Chinese Language 2 (Beginners) | 10 credits |
Second Year:
Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
---|---|---|
FR 295 | French Language and Business 1 | 10 credits |
FR 296 | French Language and Business 2 | 10 credits |
GE 295 | German Language and Business 1 | 10 credits |
GE 296 | German Language and Business 2 | 10 credits |
SP 295 | Spanish Language and Business 1 | 10 credits |
SP 296 | Spanish Language and Business 2 | 10 credits |
ZH 292 | Chinese Language 3 | 10 credits |
JA 293 | Japanese Language 3 | 10 credits |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Academic Structures webpage for this programme.
Programme Title |
BSc in Aviation Management BSc in Aviation Management with Pilot Studies BSc in Aviation Management with Air Traffic Controller Studies |
---|---|
Programme Code |
AMPS AMPSP AMPST |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the award classification
BSc in Aviation Management:
The precision marks attained in both 2nd and 3rd years contribute 20% each to the overall award classification.
Year 2 | 20% |
Year 3 | 20% |
Year 4 | 60% |
BSc in Aviation Management with Pilot Studies and BSc in Aviation Management with Air Traffic Controller Studies:
The precision mark attained in 2nd year contributes 20% and in 3rd year contributes 50% to the overall award classification.
Year 2 | 20% |
Year 3 | 50% |
Year 4 | 30% |
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following module below:
Third Year:
Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
---|---|---|
MT 315 | INTRA/Semester Module | 30 credits |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Academic Structures webpage for this programme.
Programme Title | BSc in Digital Business and Innovation |
---|---|
Programme Code | DBI |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The precision mark attained in 2nd year contributes 20% to the overall award classification.
Year 2 | 20% |
Final Year | 80% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Academic Structures webpage for this programme.
Programme Title |
BSc in Marketing, Innovation & Technology BSC in Marketing, Innovation & Technology (with INTRA) |
---|---|
Programme Code |
MINT MINTI |
Offered on a full-time or a part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the award classification
The precision mark attained in 2nd year contributes 20% to the overall award classification.
Year 2 | 20% |
Final Year | 80% |
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, except in year 1 where they must complete 57.7 credits to progress and year 2 where they must complete 62.5 credits to progress.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstance.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Academic Structures webpage for this programme.
Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Aviation Sustainability, Leadership & Innovation |
---|---|
Programme Code | GCASLI |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Information Systems Strategy |
---|---|
Programme Code | MISSFC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage, and in the Programme Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Academic Structures webpage for this programme.
Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Management for Sustainable Development |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSDFC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirement
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Academic Structures webpage for this programme.
Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Management of Green Technologies |
---|---|
Programme Code | MCTFC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Higher Diploma in Management of Information Technology |
---|---|
Programme Code | HDMIT |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The Higher Diploma in Management of Information Technology will be awarded to a student who successfully completed all five modules (77.5 ECTS available).
The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the following four modules: MS001, MN2, MNA and MSA.
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
Distinction | Precision mark of at least 70 |
Credit | Precision mark of at least 60 |
Pass | Precision mark of at least 40 |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is not monitored.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students who meet the entry requirements can enrol on MS001 and MN2 in year one.
Admission to MNA is contingent upon successful competition of MN2.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules fall into category 1.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by continuous assessment.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Management of Operations |
---|---|
Programme Code | MOPSFC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Strategic Leadership |
---|---|
Programme Code | GCSL |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards Apply.
3. Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 15 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards Apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Masters in Business Administration |
---|---|
Programme Code | MBA |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 30 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Accounting |
---|---|
Programme Code | MBS |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Ref: Chartered Accountants Ireland, Irish Tax Institute
Derogation from Marks & Standards Section 6.3.1 - In a marked module, the final mark will be calculated in accordance with the assessment breakdown outlined in the approved module descriptor. The required pass mark in such a module is 50% of the maximum marks available.
Derogation from Marks & Standards Section 8.4.1 - Classification of Level 9 Awards Taught Masters Degree: To be eligible for consideration for the award of a Level 9 Masters Degree, a student must accumulate the requisite credits as specified in the Award Descriptor. A taught masters award consists of a minimum of 60 ECTS credits of taught modules and a maximum of 30 ECTS credits for the dissertation/practicum. The mark to be used to determine the grade of classification is the precision mark based on the relevant, approved modules. Where the original precision mark is less than 50%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Second Class Honours, Grade 2 classification, irrespective of the final marks achieved.
Derogation from Marks & Standards Section 8.4.2 Table 6: Taught Masters Degree Classification
Precision Mark Award:
- Greater than or equal to 70% - First Class Honours
- Between 60% and 69% - Second Class Honours, Grade 1
- Between 50% and 59% inclusive - Second Class Honours, Grade 2
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Aviation Leadership |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSAL |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Aviation Leadership |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSAL |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 30 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
3.1 “Carrying” of modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules from first year to second year, except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting. The carrying of modules will be limited to 7.5 ECTS credits for one academic year only.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Business Administration |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSCBA |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 40 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Digital Marketing |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSDM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Emergency Management |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSEM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 37.5 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Finance |
---|---|
Programme Code | MFCM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Global Management (Digital Disruption) |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSGM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Students studying abroad or on the double degree option must abide by the programme rules and regulations of the partner university.
Students registered for MT5125 Semester 2 Abroad THESIS (Germany) are typically registered for an additional academic year to allow sufficient time to complete internships abroad as part of their study programme. For students studying in Germany they are legally entitled to undertake an internship during their study programme and most opt to do so.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
3.1 Exit Points
On successful completion of all taught modules equating to 60 credits – there will be an exit point of ‘Graduate Diploma in Global Management’. DCU will provide one award only, at the highest level at which students elect to terminate their studies.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Human Resource Management |
---|---|
Programme Code | MHRM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in International Accounting and Business |
---|---|
Programme Code | MIAB |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Investment, Treasury and Banking |
---|---|
Programme Code | MITB |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 30 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 "Carrying" of modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules from first year to second year, except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting. The carrying of modules will be limited to five ECTS credits for one academic year only.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits (excluding module EF511 Dissertation) students are permitted to exit with a Graduate Diploma in Investment, Treasury and Banking.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules, must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected for the remaining modules taken, when using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Leadership and People Strategies |
---|---|
Programme Code | MHR |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 35 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits (excluding module HR5009 Dissertation) students are permitted to exit with a Graduate Diploma in Leadership and People Strategies.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules, must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected for the remaining modules taken, when using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Academic Structures webpage for this programme.
Programme Title | MSc in Management (Business) |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSBM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Management (Insights & Innovation) |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSII |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Management (Strategy) |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSSM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Management for Sustainable Development |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSD |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The MSc consists of four taught modules (4 x 15 credits) and a final dissertation (30 credits). Each taught module is assessed on a continuous assessment basis. Students submit three assignments each worth an equal share of the final mark for the module.
The three individual assignment marks are averaged to arrive at the final mark for the module. The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt at the following modules; OSC1, OSC2, OSC3, OSC14 and OSC20. The 15 ECTS credit modules contribute one-sixth while OSC20 contributes two sixths to the overall classification.
To obtain an award at a M.Sc. classification, students must achieve the following:
Precision Mark | Award |
---|---|
Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
Between 60% and 69% inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
Between 50% and 59% inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
Between 40% and 49% inclusive | Third Class Honours |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Modules can be taken in any order, so progression does not apply. While the normal order of modules is to take the dissertation module (OSC20) last, it is possible to take this module and complete outstanding taught modules at the same time.
3.1 Exit Awards
There are three exit awards for this programme. Upon successful completion of two specific modules, OSC1 and OSC2, equating to 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate. Upon successful completion of the four taught modules equating to 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma. Upon successful completion of the dissertation in addition to the taught modules, equating to 90 credits students may exit with a Master of Science. Students will graduate with one award only, the highest level at which they elect to terminate their studies.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
OSC20 Dissertation | Category 2 |
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by Continuous Assessment. The dissertation module (OSC20) on this programme is resit category 2.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Programme Title | MSc in Management of Clean Technologies |
---|---|
Programme Code | MCT |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The MSc consists of four taught modules (4 x 15 credits) and a final dissertation (30 credits). Each taught module is assessed on a continuous assessment basis. Students submit three assignments each worth an equal share of the final mark for the module. The three individual assignment marks are averaged to arrive at the final mark for the module.
The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt at the following modules; OSC1, OSC2, OSC3, OSC15 and OSC20. The 15 ECTS credit modules contribute one-sixth while OSC20 contributes two sixths to the overall classification.
To obtain an award at a M.Sc. classification, students must achieve the following:
Precision Mark | Award |
---|---|
Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
Between 60% and 69% inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
Between 50% and 59% inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
Between 40% and 49% inclusive | Third Class Honours |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Modules can be taken in any order, so progression does not apply. While the normal order of modules is to take the dissertation module (OSC20) last, it is possible to take this module and complete outstanding taught modules at the same time.
3.1 Exit Awards
There are three exit awards for this programme. Upon successful completion of two specific modules, OSC1 and OSC2, equating to 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate. Upon successful completion of the four taught modules equating to 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma. Upon successful completion of the dissertation in addition to the taught modules, equating to 90 credits students may exit with a Master of Science. Students will graduate with one award only, the highest level at which they elect to terminate their studies.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
OSC20 Dissertation | Category 2 |
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by Continuous Assessment. The dissertation module (OSC20) on this programme is resit category 2.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Programme Title | MSc in Management of Internet Enterprise Systems |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSISA |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The MSc consists of four taught modules (4 x 15 credits) and a final dissertation (30 credits). Each taught module is assessed on a continuous assessment basis. Students submit three assignments each worth an equal share of the final mark for the module. The three individual assignment marks are averaged to arrive at the final mark for the module.
The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt at the following modules; OSC1, OSC2, OSC3, OSC12 and OSC20. The 15 ECTS credit modules contribute one-sixth while OSC20 contributes two sixths to the overall classification.
To obtain an award at a M.Sc. classification, students must achieve the following:
Precision Mark | Award |
Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
Between 60% and 69% inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
Between 50% and 59% inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
Between 40% and 49% inclusive | Third Class Honours |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Modules can be taken in any order, so progression does not apply. While the normal order of modules is to take the dissertation module (OSC20) last, it is possible to take this module and complete outstanding taught modules at the same time.
3.1 Exit Awards
There are three exit awards for this programme. Upon successful completion of two specific modules, OSC1 and OSC2, equating to 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate. Upon successful completion of the four taught modules equating to 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma. Upon successful completion of the dissertation in addition to the taught modules, equating to 90 credits students may exit with a Master of Science. Students will graduate with one award only, the highest level at which they elect to terminate their studies.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
OSC20 Dissertation | Category 2 |
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by Continuous Assessment. The dissertation module (OSC20) on this programme is resit category 2.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Programme Title | MSc in Management of Information Systems Strategy |
---|---|
Programme Code | MISSA |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirement
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The MSc consists of four taught modules (4 x 15 credits) and a final dissertation (30 credits). Each taught module is assessed on a continuous assessment basis. Students submit three assignments each worth an equal share of the final mark for the module. The three individual assignment marks are averaged to arrive at the final mark for the module.
The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt at the following modules; OSC1, OSC2, OSC3, OSC11 and OSC20. The 15 ECTS credit modules contribute one-sixth while OSC20 contributes two sixths to the overall classification.
To obtain an award at a M.Sc. classification, students must achieve the following:
Precision Mark | Award |
---|---|
Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
Between 60% and 69% inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
Between 50% and 59% inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
Between 40% and 49% inclusive | Third Class Honours |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Modules can be taken in any order, so progression does not apply. While the normal order of modules is to take the dissertation module (OSC20) last, it is possible to take this module and complete outstanding taught modules at the same time.
3.1 Exit Awards
There are three exit awards for this programme. Upon successful completion of two specific modules, OSC1 and OSC2, equating to 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate. Upon successful completion of the four taught modules equating to 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma. Upon successful completion of the dissertation in addition to the taught modules, equating to 90 credits students may exit with a Master of Science. Students will graduate with one award only, the highest level at which they elect to terminate their studies.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
OSC20 Dissertation | Category 2 |
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by Continuous Assessment. The dissertation module (OSC20) on this programme is resit category 2.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Programme Title | MSc in Management of Operations |
---|---|
Programme Code | MOPSA |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Modular |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Modules can be taken in any order, so progression does not apply. While the normal order of modules is to take the dissertation module last, it is possible to take this module and complete outstanding taught modules at the same time.
3.1 Exit Awards
There are three exit awards for this programme. Upon successful completion of two modules equating to 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate. Upon successful completion of the four taught modules equating to 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma. Upon successful completion of the dissertation in addition to the taught modules, equating to 90 credits students may exit with a Master of Science. Students will graduate with one award only, the highest level at which they elect to terminate their studies.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Management of Operations |
---|---|
Programme Code | MOPSA |
Offered on a full-time of part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Modules can be taken in any order, so progression does not apply. While the normal order of modules is to take the dissertation module last, it is possible to take this module and complete outstanding taught modules at the same time.
3.1 Exit Awards
There are three exit awards for this programme. Upon successful completion of two modules equating to 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate. Upon successful completion of the four taught modules equating to 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma. Upon successful completion of the dissertation in addition to the taught modules, equating to 90 credits students may exit with a Master of Science. Students will graduate with one award only, the highest level at which they elect to terminate their studies.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme title | MSc in Strategic Learning and Development |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSLD |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 40 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits (excluding module HR5017 - Strategic Consultancy project II) students are permitted to exit with a Graduate Diploma in Strategic Learning and Development. Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected for the remaining modules taken, when using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Work and Organisational Behaviour |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSOB |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 35 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Work and Organisational Psychology |
---|---|
Programme Code | MPO |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Not applicable.
2. Derogations from Marks & Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 35 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title |
Bachelor of Early Childhood Education |
Programme Code |
BECE |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis |
Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year's results, as follows:
Year/Subject Contribution |
Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 1 | None |
Year 2 | 20% |
Year 3 | 40% |
Year 4 | 40% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
All modules have monitored attendance. Marks may be awarded for participation.
1.3 Elective Modules in 4th Year
Student numbers for the elective modules in Year 4 will be capped with the exception of UM404 which is open.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to "carry" modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Erasmus
Marks for Year 3 students who go on Erasmus will be based on overall marks from Semester 1 of Year 3.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Module Code |
Module Title |
---|---|
EC 110 |
Professional Practice 1 |
EC 210 |
Professional Practice 2 |
EC 310 |
Professional Practice 3 |
EC 408 |
Professional Practice 4 |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Academic Structures webpage for this programme.
6. Repeat Arrangements
A student who is required to repeat a Professional Placement may normally repeat it once only.
Programme Title | Bachelor of Education |
---|---|
Programme Code | BEd |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year’s results, as follows:
Year/Subject contribution | Contribution to the Award classification |
Year 2 | 20% |
Year 3 | 40% |
Year 4 | 40% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
All modules have monitored attendance. Marks may be attributed.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Professional/External Body: Teaching Council of Ireland
Derogation from Marks and Standards 3.2.1
In order to graduate, students should be required to demonstrate an acceptable level of proficiency in Literacy and Numeracy as required by the Teaching Council.
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
ED 1020 | Teagasc na Gaeilge |
FN 156 | Gaeilge |
ED 1021 | Literacy Education |
ED 1022 | Mathematics Education |
FN 275 | Gaeilge |
ED 2027 | Teagasc na Gaeilge |
ED 2029 | Literacy Education |
ED 2031 | Mathematics Education |
FN 383 | Gaeilge 3 |
ED 3049 | Literacy Education 3 |
ED 3051 | Teagasc na Gaeilge |
ED 3052 | Mathematics Education 3 |
FN 431 | Gaeilge 4 |
ED 4057 | Language and Literacy Education; Oideachas Teanga agus Litearthachta |
ED 4055 | Mathematics Education 4 |
Additional Approval for 2.5 credit modules listed below:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
ED 2032 | Science and Early Childhood Education |
ED 2033 | Reflection and Enquiry |
ED 4056 | Enabling Learning |
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed, as indicated below, the minimum number of credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
Year | Credits |
Year 1 | 60 Credits |
Year 2 | 65 Credits |
Year 3 | 60 Credits |
Year 4 | 60 Credits |
Where the number of places on a Year 2 Major Specialism is restricted, places will be allocated in order of merit on the basis of the results of the first sitting of the corresponding Year 1 examination.
Credits associated with the Certificate in Religious Studies cannot be included in the calculation for progression.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
BA in Education Studies (BAED)
To facilitate students who have successfully completed 52.5 ECTS (from theoretical modules) from Year 1; 50 ECTS (from theoretical modules) from Year 2; 35 ECTS (from theoretical modules) from Year 3 and 42.5 ECTS (from theoretical modules) from Year 4 of Specified theoretical modules from the Bachelor of Education can opt to exit with BA in Education Studies (180 ECTS). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Education.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the BA in Education Studies.
If/when a student has more than the required number of theoretical credits in Years 1, 2, 3 or 4 from the specified theoretical modules, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks.
In Years 2 and 3 Religious Education or alternative modules for those not taking Religious Education will not be counted in theoretical credits.
It is expected that as all curriculums are dynamic, the current theoretical modules may change over time. Therefore, alternative modules, which map onto the exit BA in Education Studies learning outcomes, from the Bachelor of Education will be deemed acceptable in their stead.
Diploma in Education Studies (DED)
To facilitate students who have successfully completed 52.5 ECTS (from theoretical modules) from Year 1 and 50 ECTS (from theoretical modules) from Year 2 of Specified theoretical modules from the Bachelor of Education can opt to exit with Diploma in Education Studies (102.5 ECTS). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2 of the Bachelor of Education.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the Diploma in Education Studies.
If/when a student has more than the required number of theoretical credits in Years 1 and 2 from the specified theoretical modules, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks.
In Years 2 Religious Education or alternative modules for those not taking Religious Education will not be counted in theoretical credits.
It is expected that as all curriculums are dynamic, the current theoretical modules may change over time. Therefore, alternative modules, which map onto the exit Diploma in Education Studies learning outcomes, from the Bachelor of Education will be deemed acceptable in their stead.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except for the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
Year 1 | |
FN 156 | Gaeilge |
ED 1010 | Foundations in Catholic Religious Education |
ED 1011 | Foundations in Education and ECE |
ED 1014 | Visual Arts and Music Education |
ED 1015 | Drama and Physical Education |
ED 1017 | Assessment, DL and SIE |
ED 1020 | Teagasac na Gaeilge |
ED 1021 | Literacy Education in the Early Years |
ED 1022 | Mathematics Education |
ED 1026 | SESE and SPHE and Wellbeing |
ED 1024 | Teacher as a Reflective Practitioner (Professional Placement) |
ED 1027 | Teaching Studies & Teacher as a Person |
CCE 101 | Scripture, Faith and Religious Diversity |
Year 2 | |
FN 275 | Gaeilge |
ED 2018 | Religious Education and the Child |
ED 2019 | Drama & Physical Education |
ED 2020 | Visual Arts & Music Education |
ED 2025 | Foundations in Education |
ED 2026 | SPHE, Ethics, Geography & History Education 2 |
ED 2027 | Teagasc na Gaeilge |
ED 2029 | Literacy Education |
ED 2030 | Teaching Studies and Teacher as Professional |
ED 2031 | Mathematics Education |
ED 2032 | Science Education 2 & Early Childhood Education |
ED 2033 | Reflection & Enquiry |
ED 2900 | Professional Placement |
CCE 201 | Systematic and Moral Theology |
Year 3 | |
ED 3048 | Philosophy, Ethics |
ED 3011 | Integrated Learning across the curriculum |
ED 3049 | Literacy Education 3 |
FN 383 | Gaeilge 3 |
ED 3056 | Teagasc na Gaeilge |
ED 3052 | Mathematics Education 3 |
ED 3053 | Global Citizenship & Local Studies |
ED 3902 | Professional Placement 3 |
ED 3903 | Professional Placement 4 |
ED 3904 | Professional Placement 5 |
ED 3901 | Professional Placement Studies |
ED 3EE | Erasmus Experience |
ED 3EP | Erasmus Portfolio |
ED 3041 | Religions, Ethics, Morals and Values |
ED 3042 | Professional Practitioner in Religious Education |
Year 4 | |
ED 4010 | Children, Their Wellbeing and Society |
FN 431 | Gaeilge 4 |
ED 4055 | Mathematics Education 4 |
ED 4056 | Enabling Learning |
ED 4013 | Special/Inclusive Ed & Social Inclusion |
ED 4014 | Schools as Communities |
ED 4015 | Research Project |
ED 4901 | Professional Placement 6 |
CCE 401 | Liturgy, Sacraments and Spirituality |
ED 4902 | Professional Placement 7 |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
No resit is available for the below listed Professional Placement modules in the same academic year. A student who is required to repeat a placement may normally repeat it once only. If this results in a failing grade the student will be excluded from the programme.
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
ED 1024 | Teacher as a Reflective Practitioner (Professional Placement) |
ED 2900 | Professional Placement |
ED 3902 | Professional Placement 3 |
ED 3903 | Professional Placement 4 |
ED 3904 | Professional Placement 5 |
ED 4901 | Professional Placement 6 |
ED 4902 | Professional Placement 7 |
Programme Title | Bachelor of Education in Gaeilge and French or German or Spanish/ Baitsiléir Oideachais i nGaeilge, agus Fraincis nó Gearmáinis nó Spánnis |
---|---|
Programme Code | BEdLan |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year’s results, as follows:
Year/Subject contribution | Contribution to the Award classification |
Year 2 | 20% |
Year 3 | 20% |
Year 4 | 60% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Class attendance will be monitored in all modules. It is each student’s personal responsibility to sign in to class.
1.3 Programme Requirements Pertaining to Professional Placements
Students must ensure they adhere to all requirements as laid out in the Professional Placement Handbook, to include completion of a mandatory Context and Engagement period in a school setting prior to the commencement of Semester 1 in each academic year.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Students will normally progress through to the award of the degree. A student who withdraws from the programme having failed to complete the requirements successfully will receive an official transcript indicating modules completed.
To facilitate students who have satisfactorily completed all language modules of the BEdLan programme (60 credits over two years), but who have been unsuccessful in the Professional Preparation and Practice element, exit route to be introduced to year 2 of BEdLan Programme.
Exit route at the end of year two of the BEdLan programme: Diploma in Education Studies and Languages (Level 7)
To facilitate students who have satisfactorily completed all language modules of the BEdLan programme (60 credits over two years), but who have been unsuccessful in the Professional Preparation and Practice element: Diploma in Education Studies and Languages (Level 7)
To facilitate students who have satisfactorily completed all taught elements (Theoretical modules) of the BEdLan degree programme, (180 ECTS over four years) but who may wish to exit with an alternative degree: BA in Education Studies and Languages (Level 8).
3.4 Semester Abroad / Erasmus Regulations
Students must have passed all their modules in Year 2 before they can progress to Year 3 and complete their Semester Abroad.
Where a partner institution is oversubscribed in terms of student demand, first year precision marks shall be used to determine the allocation of places.
Students enrolled on the Semester Abroad are normally required to resit failed elements of Year 3 coursework at the partner university.
Where the partner university does not allow for this and where students have failed one module of 5 ECTS or fewer, or a total of 5 ECTS or fewer over more than one module (e.g. two modules worth 2.5 ECTS each) of the 20 DCU equivalent credits required the Semester Abroad Coordinator, in conjunction with relevant colleagues, may consider setting resit examinations/assignments in DCU. The deadline for the completion of such examinations/assignments will be determined by the date of the Year 3 final PAB.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards to all modules except for the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
EC 115 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
PR 105 | Assessment, Learning and Teaching |
PR 106 | History of Irish Education and Current Issues |
PR 108 | Education Theories |
FR 130 | French Language 3 (Intermediate) |
GE 130 | German Language 3 (Intermediate) |
SP 130 | Spanish Language 3 (Intermediate) |
PR 202 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
EC 215 | Language Pedagogy |
EC 216 | Assessing Language Learning |
SI 210 | Introduction to Inclusive Education |
SG 220 | Digital Media and Language Learning |
FR 297C | French Language and Culture 2 |
GE 297C | German Language and Culture 2 |
SP 297C | Spanish Language and Culture 2 |
FR 268 | French Language 6 |
GE 268 | German Language 6 |
SP 268 | Spanish Language 6 |
PR 301 | Professional Preparation and Practice |
EC 315 | Feasacht agus Fóineolaíocht na Gaeilge |
PR 300 | Curriculum, Policy and Assessment |
LC 315 | Year Abroad Portfolio |
PR 406 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
HD 415 | Education Theories (Advanced) |
PR 407 | Research Project |
5 Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Bachelor of Education in Technology, Engineering and Graphics |
---|---|
Programme Code | BEdTEG |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year’s results, as follows:
Year/Subject contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
Year 1 | 10% |
Year 2 | 30% |
Year 3 | 30% |
Year 4 | 30% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except for the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
PR 313 | Professional Placement |
PR 408 | Advanced Professional Placement |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
No resit is available for the below listed Professional Placement modules in the same academic year. A student who is required to repeat a placement may normally repeat it once only. If this results in a failing grade, the student will be excluded from the programme. No resit is available for the Process Design (Teacher Education) module in the same academic year. A student who is required to repeat this module may normally repeat it once only.
Module Code | Module Title |
PR 313 | Professional Placement |
PR 408 | Advanced Professional Placement |
MM3xx | Process Design (Teacher Education) |
Programme Title | Bachelor of Religious Education and English |
---|---|
Programme Code | BRE |
Offered of a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year’s results, as follows: From 2016/17, 3rd & 4th year precision marks will be included in the award classification calculation at the following weightings:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the award classification |
Year 3 | 20% |
Year 4 | 80% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Class attendance will be monitored. It is each student’s personal responsibility to sign in to class. Before a student may commence professional placement s/he should have:
An 85% minimum attendance at each of professional placement preparation modules and associated micro-teaching programmes as outlined below.
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
ED 1300 | Teaching Studies - Foundational A |
ED 1301 | Teaching Studies - Foundational B |
ED 1303 | Introduction to Religious Education |
ED 3302 | RE: Theories and Approaches |
ED 1950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
ED 2300 | Teaching Studies Intermediate |
ED 2302 | Learning and Teaching RE |
ED 2950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
ED 3300 | Teaching Studies - Advanced |
ED 3950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
ED 4300 | Sociology of Education |
ED 4301 | Re: Integration Seminars |
ED 4950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
1.3 Programme requirements pertaining to Professional Placements
Students must ensure they adhere to all requirements as laid out in the Professional Placement Handbook.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
A student will normally progress through to the award of the degree. A student who withdraws from the programme having failed to complete the requirements successfully will receive a transcript detailing the modules completed.
BA in Religious Education and English (BARE)
To facilitate a student who has successfully completed 60 credits from each of the following 3 areas: Education, Religious Studies, English, the student can opt to exit with the award of: BA in Religious and Education Studies with English (NFQ Level 8). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Religious Education and English.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the BA in Religious Education and English.
If/when a student has more than the required number credits in Years 1, 2, 3 or 4 from the specified areas, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks, core modules to be taken first.
Diploma in Religious Education and English (DRE)
To facilitate a student who has successfully completed 20 credits from each of the following 3 areas: Education, Religious Studies, English, the student can opt to exit with the award of: Diploma in Religious and Education Studies with English (NFQ Level 7). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Religious Education and English.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the Diploma in Religious Education and English.
If/when a student has more than the required number credits from the specified area, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks, core modules to be taken first.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except for the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
ED 1300 | Teaching Studies - Foundational A |
ED 1301 | Teaching Studies - Foundational B |
ED 1302 | Psychology and Human Development |
ED 1303 | Introduction to Religious Education |
ED 1950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
ED 2300 | Teaching Studies Intermediate |
ED 2301 | Curriculum and Assessment |
ED 2302 | Learning and Teaching RE |
ED 2950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
TP 102 | Introduction to the Jewish and Christian Scriptures |
TP 110 | Fnds.s: Philosophical/Theological Ethics |
TP 202 | Liturgy, Ritual, and Worship |
TP 206 | The Letters of Paul |
TP 204 | Justice and Peace |
TP 205 | Science and Religion |
TP 210 | Philosophy: An Historical Introduction |
TP 212 | Christology: Systematic, Historical, and Interreligious Perspectives |
TP 238 | Judaism and Islam: An Introduction |
ED 3300 | Teaching Studies - Advanced |
ED 3301 | Education Theory - Advanced (History and Phil. of Education) |
TP 309 | The God Question and the Problem of Evil |
TP 310 | Religion: Theoretical Approaches |
ED 3302 | RE: Theories and Approaches |
ED 3950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
TP 306 | Relationships, Sexuality and Marriage |
TP 307 | World Religions and Worldviews |
TP 322 | Theological Anthropology |
TP 324 | Eastern and Western Christianity in Dialogue |
ED 4300 | Sociology of Education |
TP 400 | Topics in European Philosophy |
ED 4301 | RE: Integration Seminars |
ED 4950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
TP 401 | Bioethics: Philosophical and Theological Perspectives |
TP 402 | Ecumenism |
TP 403 | The Gospels: Critical Themes and Issues |
TP 405 | Research Paper in Religious Studies |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
6. Repeat Arrangements
A student who fails a professional placement module will be afforded not more than one opportunity to repeat that placement, with due regard to the DCU Fitness to Practice code. If this results in a failing grade that student will be excluded from the programme.
Programme Title | Bachelor of Religious Education and History |
---|---|
Programme Code | BRH |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year’s results, as follows: From 2016/17, 3rd & 4th year precision marks will be included in the award classification calculation at the following weightings:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the award classification |
Year 3 | 20% |
Year 4 | 80% |
1.2. Monitored Attendance
Class attendance will be monitored. It is each student’s personal responsibility to sign in to class. Before a student may commence professional placement s/he should have:
An 85% minimum attendance at each of professional placement preparation modules and associated micro-teaching programmes as outlined below.
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
ED 1300 | Teaching Studies - Foundational A |
ED 1301 | Teaching Studies - Foundational B |
ED 1303 | Introduction to Religious Education |
ED 3302 | RE: Theories and Approaches |
ED 1950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
ED 2300 | Teaching Studies Intermediate |
ED 2302 | Learning and Teaching RE |
ED 2950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
ED 3300 | Teaching Studies - Advanced |
ED 3950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
ED 4300 | Sociology of Education |
ED 4301 | RE: Integration Seminars |
ED 4950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
1.3 Programme requirements pertaining to Professional Placements
Students must ensure they adhere to all requirements as laid out in the Professional Placement Handbook.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
A student will normally progress through to the award of the degree. A student who withdraws from the programme having failed to complete the requirements successfully will receive a transcript detailing the modules completed.
BA in Religious Education and History (BARH)
To facilitate a student who has successfully completed 60 credits from each of the following 3 areas: Education, Religious Studies, History, the student will exit with the award of: BA in Religious and Education Studies with History (NFQ Level 8). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Religious Education and History.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the BA in Religious Education and History.
If/when a student has more than the required number credits in Years 1, 2, 3 or 4 from the specified areas, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks, core modules to be taken first.
Diploma in Religious Education and History (DRH)
To facilitate a student who has successfully completed 20 credits from each of the following 3 areas: Education, Religious Studies, History, the student will exit with the award of: Diploma in Religious and Education Studies with History (NFQ Level 7). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Religious Education and History.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the Diploma in Religious Education and History.
If/when a student has more than the required number credits from the specified area, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks, core modules to be taken first.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except for the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
ED 1300 | Teaching Studies - Foundational A |
ED 1301 | Teaching Studies - Foundational B |
ED 1302 | Psychology and Human Development |
ED 1303 | Introduction to Religious Education |
ED 1950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
ED 2300 | Teaching Studies Intermediate |
ED 2301 | Curriculum and Assessment |
ED 2302 | Learning & Teaching RE |
ED 2950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
TP 102 | Introduction to the Jewish and Christian Scriptures |
TP 110 | Fnds.s: Philosophical/Theological Ethics |
TP 202 | Liturgy, Ritual, and Worship |
TP 206 | The Letters of Paul |
TP 204 | Justice and Peace |
TP 205 | Science and Religion |
TP 210 | Philosophy: An Historical Introduction |
TP 212 | Christology: Systematic, Historical, and Interreligious Perspectives |
TP 238 | Judaism and Islam: An Introduction |
ED 3300 | Teaching Studies - Advanced |
ED 3301 | Education Theory - Advanced (History and Phil. of Education) |
TP 309 | The God Question and the Problem of Evil |
TP 310 | Religion: Theoretical Approaches |
ED 3302 | RE: Theories and Approaches |
ED 3950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
TP 306 | Relationships, Sexuality and Marriage |
TP 307 | World Religions and Worldviews |
TP 322 | Theological Anthropology |
TP 324 | Eastern and Western Christianity in Dialogue |
ED 4300 | Sociology of Education |
TP 400 | Topics in European Philosophy |
ED 4301 | RE: Integration Seminars |
ED 4950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
TP 401 | Bioethics: Philosophical and Theological Perspectives |
TP 402 | Ecumenism |
TP 403 | The Gospels, Critical Themes and Issues |
TP 405 | Research Paper in Religious Studies |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
6. Repeat Arrangements
A student who fails a professional placement module will be afforded not more than one opportunity to repeat that placement, with due regard to the DCU Fitness to Practice code. If this results in a failing grade that student will be excluded from the programme.
Programme Title | Bachelor of Religious Education and Music |
---|---|
Programme Code | BRM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous year’s results, as follows: From 2016/17, 3rd & 4th year precision marks will be included in the award classification calculation at the following weightings:
Year/Subject Count | Contribution to the award classification |
Year 3 | 20% |
Year 4 | 80% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Class attendance will be monitored in all Education and Religious Education modules. It is each student’s personal responsibility to sign in to class.
Before a student may commence professional placement s/he should have: An 85% minimum attendance at each of professional placement preparation modules and associated micro-teaching programmes as outlined below.
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
ED 1300 | Teaching Studies - Foundational A |
ED 1301 | Teaching Studies - Foundational B |
ED 1303 | Introduction to Religious Education |
ED 3302 | RE: Theories and Approaches |
ED 1950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
ED 2300 | Teaching Studies Intermediate |
ED 2302 | Learning and Teaching RE |
ED 2950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
ED 3300 | Teaching Studies - Advanced |
ED 3950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
ED 4300 | Sociology of Education |
ED 4301 | RE: Integration Seminars |
ED 4950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
1.3 Programme requirements pertaining to Professional Placements
Students must ensure they adhere to all requirements as laid out in the Professional Placement Handbook.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students who registered prior to 2022/2023 must successfully have completed a minimum of 70 credits in year one, 60 credits in year two and 70 credits in year three in order to progress to the next study period.
Students registered from 2022/2023 onward must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in each year in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
A student will normally progress through to the award of the degree. A student who withdraws from the programme having failed to complete the requirements successfully will receive a transcript detailing the modules completed.
BA in Religious Education and Music (BARM)
To facilitate a student who has successfully completed 60 credits from each of the following 3 areas: Education, Religious Studies, Music, the student will exit with the award of: BA in Religious and Education Studies with Music (NFQ Level 8). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Religious Education and Music.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the BA in Religious Education and Music.
If/when a student has more than the required number credits in Years 1, 2, 3 or 4 from the specified areas, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks, core modules to be taken first.
Diploma in Religious Education and Music (DRM)
To facilitate a student who has successfully completed 20 credits from each of the following 3 areas: Education, Religious Studies, Music, the student will exit with the award of: Diploma in Religious and Education Studies with Music (NFQ Level 7). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the Bachelor of Religious Education and Music.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the Diploma in Religious Education and Music.
If/when a student has more than the required number credits from the specified area, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks, core modules to be taken first.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except for the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
ED 1300 | Teaching Studies - Foundational A |
ED 1301 | Teaching Studies - Foundational B |
ED 1302 | Psychology and Human Development |
ED 1303 | Introduction to Religious Education |
ED 1950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 1 |
ED 2300 | Teaching Studies Intermediate |
ED 2301 | Curriculum and Assessment |
ED 2302 | Learning and Teaching RE |
ED 2950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 2 |
TP 102 | Introduction to Jewish and Christian Scriptures |
TP 110 | Fnds.s: Philosophical/Theological Ethics |
TP 202 | Liturgy, Ritual, and Worship |
TP 206 | The Letters of Paul |
TP 204 | Justice and Peace |
TP 205 | Science and Religion |
TP 210 | Philosophy: An Historical Introduction |
TP 212 | Christology: Systematic, Historical, and Interreligious Perspectives |
TP 238 | Judaism and Islam: An Introduction |
ED 3300 | Teaching Studies - Advanced |
ED 3301 | Education Theory - Advanced (History and Phil. of Education) |
TP 309 | The God Question and the Problem of Evil |
TP 310 | Religion: Theoretical Approaches |
ED 3302 | RE: Theories and Approaches |
ED 3950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 3 |
TP 306 | Relationships, Sexuality and Marriage |
TP 307 | World Religions and Worldviews |
TP 322 | Theological Anthropology |
TP 324 | Eastern and Western Christianity in Dialogue |
ED 4300 | Sociology of Education |
TP 400 | Topics in European Philosophy |
ED 4301 | RE: Integration Seminars |
ED 4950 | Professional Preparation and Practice 4 |
TP 401 | Bioethics: Philosophical and Theological Perspectives |
TP 402 | Ecumenism |
TP 403 | The Gospels: Critical Themes and Issues |
TP 405 | Research Paper in Religious Studies |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
6. Repeat Arrangements
A student who fails a professional placement module will be afforded not more than one opportunity to repeat that placement, with due regard to the DCU Fitness to Practice code. If this results in a failing grade that student will be excluded from the programme.
Programme Title |
BSc in Education and Training BSc in Education and Training (Further, Adult and Continuing Education) |
---|---|
Programme Code | ET/ETF |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
At the end of Year 2 of the ET programmes, students who have been given permission by the Programme Board to pursue the Further, Adult and Continuing Education pathway may progress to ETF3, and, if successful, will be considered for the award of BSc in Education and Training (Further, Adult and Continuing Education) at the end of ETF4.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Under exceptional circumstances, the Progression and Award Board may permit students to progress carrying modules up to a maximum of 10 credits from a previous study period
3.3 Exit Awards
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules, must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
Students registered on the BSc in Education and Training programme (flexible-learning mode) have the option to exit from the programme at the end of year 2 having successfully passed 120 ECTS credits of taught elements as per the programme academic structure, and graduate with a Diploma in Education and Training.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
ES 2120 | Reflective work-based practice |
ES 334 | Practical Teaching Placement 1 |
ES 335 | Practical Teaching Placement 2 |
ES 332 | Practical Teaching Placement 1 |
ES 333 | Practical Teaching Placement 2 |
SG 602 | Teaching in Online and Blended Learning |
SG 602A | Teaching in Online and Blended Learning |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BSc in Science Education |
---|---|
Programme Code | SE |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 1 | 5% |
Year 2 | 10% |
Year 3 | 40% |
Year 4 | 45% (comprising of 20% from PR 410, and 25% from 4th Year precision mark excluding PR 410 |
Students who transfer into the programme in 2nd or 3rd year will have their degree classification based on the contribution precision marks that were achieved at DCU as per the weightings outlined above in the relevant years.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is compulsory and monitored on the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
CS 121 | Fundamental Concepts in Chemistry Education |
CS 151 | Chemistry Laboratory |
ES 123 | Foundation Teaching and Placement Preparation |
ES 143 | Microteaching and Teaching Preparation |
PS 159 | Physics Laboratory I (Science Education) |
CS 259 | Chemistry Laboratory and Spectroscopy Workshop |
PS 250 | Physics Laboratory II (Science Education) |
SG 230 | Microteaching and Teaching Preparation 2 |
PR 311 | Professional Placement |
PS 359 | Physics Laboratory III (Science Education) |
SG 412 | Chemistry Topics through Laboratory Practicals |
FSH 202 | Teaching and Assessing Junior Cycle Science |
MS 220 | Teaching and Assessing Junior Cycle Maths |
FSH 351 | STEM Education Project 1 (CP&PS) |
FSH 353 | STEM Education Project 2 (MS&PS, MS&CS) |
PR 410 | Professional Placement |
SG 417 | Teaching and Assessing Senior Cycle Chemistry |
MS 410 | Teaching and Assessing Senior Cycle Maths |
PS 430 | Teaching and Assessing Senior Cycle Physics |
CS 458B | Analytical Techniques for Science Education |
PS 322 | Electronics for Science Teachers |
SG 415 | Teaching in online and blended environments |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
MS 116 | Calculus for Teachers |
CS 204 | Organic Chemistry |
CS 102 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
CS 215 | Kinetics and Thermodynamics |
MS 200 | Linear Algebra |
PS 114 & PS 114A | Life, the Universe and Everything |
PS 201 | Quantum Physics I |
PS 207 | Nuclear Physics and Relativity |
MS 323 | Introduction to Analysis |
PS 204 | Solid State Physics I |
MS 321 | Introduction to Abstract Algebra |
PS 305 | Semiconductor Physics I |
MS 263 | Probability, Descriptive and Inferential Statistics |
CS 204 | Organic Chemistry |
PS 201 | Quantum Physics I |
PS 207 | Nuclear Physics and Relativity |
PS 204 | Solid State Physics |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Professional/External Body: The Teaching Council
A total of 240-265 ECTS credits are attached to the workload of the BSc in Science Education (M&S 1.1.3, Table 1: Award Credit Accumulation Structure Honours Bachelor Degree: 180 – 240 ECTS credits).
This stipulation does not apply to the deferred/repeat/legacy students.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed the indicated below, minimum number of credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
Year 1: 60 credits
Year 2: 60 credits
Year 3: the number of credits vary depending on the chosen pathway:
- Chemistry & Physics - 60 credits
- Maths & Chemistry - 62.5 credits
- Maths & Physics - 62.5 credits
Year 4: 70 credits
This stipulation does not apply to the deferred/ repeat/ legacy students.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
CS 151 | Chemistry Laboratory |
ES 123 | Foundation Teaching and Placement Preparation |
CS 121 | Fundamental Concepts in Chemistry Education |
PS 159 | Physics Lab 1 (Science Education) |
PR 109 | Irish Education History, Structure and Development |
ES 143 | Microteaching and Teaching Preparation |
CS 257 | Chemistry Laboratory and Spectroscopy Workshop |
PS 250 | Physics Laboratory II (Science Education) |
SG 230 | Microteaching and School Placement 2 |
MS 147 | Mathematical thinking |
MS 220 | Teaching and Assessing Junior Cycle Maths |
HS 230 | Development Psych and Individual Differences |
PR 311 | Professional Placement |
PS 322 | Electronics for Science Teachers |
ES 330 | ICT Teaching Strategies & Professional Preparation |
ES 341 | Philosophical Perspectives on Education |
FSH 202 | Teaching and Assession Junior Cycle Science |
FSH 351 | STEM Education Project 1 (CS&PS) |
FSH 353 | STEM Education Project 2 (MS&PS, MS&CS) |
ES 476 | Curriculum Development and Evaluation |
ES 477 | Access, Disadvantage, Equality in Education |
SG 415 | Teaching in Online and Blended Learning Environments |
SG 412 | Chemistry Topics through Laboratory Practicals |
CS 458B | Analytical Techniques for Science Education |
CS 422 | Teaching and Assessing Senior Cycle Chemistry |
MS 410 | Teaching and Assessing Senior Cycle Maths |
PS 430 | Teaching and Assessing Senior Cycle Physics |
PR 410 | Professional Placement |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
6. Repeat Arrangements
Due to the restructuring of the programme and changes to Teaching Council requirements, if students have failed a module that is no longer on the programme they may be required to substitute another module rather than repeating the failed module.
SE2: Repeat physics students must take PS104 and PS102. Repeat chemistry students must take CS150A and CS121.
All students repeating SE2 must take MS302 Geometry and the Maths project in FSH353 STEM Education Project 2. A student who has failed MS342 in 2022/23 will have the opportunity to repeat it when they advance to third year (SE3).
SE4: A student who has failed MS342 in 2022/23 must take MS134 IT Mathematics I in 2023/24.
Programme Title | Certificate in Religious Studies |
---|---|
Programme Code | CRSPT |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
The Certificate in Religious Studies is a special purpose award which is offered on a part-time basis to qualified teachers whose undergraduate degrees have normally been awarded in a jurisdiction other than that of the Island of Ireland. This Certificate fulfils the requirements of the Council for Catechetics of the Irish Episcopal Conference for teaching in schools under Catholic Management.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Certificate in Religious Studies |
---|---|
Programme Code | CRS |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
As part of their Initial Teacher Education (on the Bachelor of Education or the Professional Master of Education (Primary) programme), students can choose to take an additional 15 credits over the course of their primary degree programme to qualify for the Supplementary Award of Certificate in Religious Studies. In order to satisfy the requirements of the Council for Catechetics of the Irish Episcopal Conference to teach in Catholic Schools, these 15 credits must be accompanied by successful completion of all Catholic Religious Education modules (denominational modules) in the BEd or PMEP degree programme.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
There is no annual progression on the Certificate in Religious Studies. The modules will be considered by the CRS Progression and Awards Board when all additional 15 credits have been attempted in the final year of the student’s ITE primary degree programme.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
6. Repeat Arrangements
There is no repeat opportunity on the CRS. Following graduation, students may at their own cost avail of the Certificate in Religious Studies Part-Time Supplementary Award programme, in order to complete relevant outstanding module/s.
Programme Title | Doctor of Education |
---|---|
Programme Code | EdD |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Sign-off on PGR documentation
Form | Description | Sign-off |
---|---|---|
PGR2 | Annual Progress Report | Both Head of School (Supervisor section of form) & Programme Chair |
PGR4 | Intention to Submit Thesis for Examination | Head of School |
PGR6 | Examination Report (Section E3) | Head of School |
PGR13 | Notice of Intention to Reside/Carry out Research Abroad | Both Head of School & Programme Chair |
PGR14 | Request for Extension to Maximum Registration OR Readmission to the Research Programme | Both Head of School & Programme Chair |
PGR 15 | Application for Transfer/Advanced Entry to PGR Programme | Both Head of School & Programme Chair |
RPL | Recognition of Prior Learning Application | Both Head of School & Programme Chair |
R103 | Change of Supervisory and/or Panel Member Arrangements | Head of School |
R32-R | Application for Deferral | Both Head of School & Programme Chair |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply to years 1 and 2 - taught modules.
Years 3 to 4 are governed by Academic Regulations for Postgraduate Degrees by Research & Thesis.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Candidates must have passed all seven modules (120 credits) before progressing to year 3 for the research work. Students are registered as “Continuous” students until the completion of 120 credits (normally two academic years). Should students not pass the modules in any given year they will retake the modules at the next available opportunity. The modules only run every two years. Following completion of all 7 taught modules they will transfer to year three of the programme for the research work.
3.2 Exit Awards
MPhil in Education: Students who have successfully completed 120 taught credits may request to exit with a MPhil in Education.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in the Education of Pupils on the Autism Spectrum |
---|---|
Programme Code | GCEAS |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
The synchronous element of online learning is monitored.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 30 credits to complete the programme.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Graduate Diploma in Guidance Counselling |
---|---|
Programme Code | GDGCO |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
None Specified
1.2 Modules and credit weightings
None Specified
1.3 Monitored Attendance
Students must attend 85% of lectures in each module.
The following skills modules have a 100% attendance requirement.
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
HDO 520 | Foundation Skills in Guidance Counselling |
HDO 526 | ICT and Guidance |
HDO 5240 | Career Development - Theory, Practice, Research and Policy |
HDO 5280 | Guidance Counselling Placement Practice |
HDO 583 | Theory and Skills of Experimental Group Processes and Behaviour |
Students can be withdrawn from the programme for serious breach of Behaviour [Ref.: Sec. 41 Teaching Council Act 2001] Requirements pertaining to Guidance Counselling Placement Practice
Students must maintain a placement in order to remain on the programme [Ref.: Teaching Council]
All students must complete a minimum of 130 hours of placement practice in a centre(s) approved by the Programme Board under the mentorship of a qualified guidance counsellor [Ref.: Teaching Council]
1.4 Module Calculation
None Specified
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully complete all modules in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying deferred or failed modules. Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Graduate Diploma in Inclusive and Special Education |
---|---|
Programme Code | GDISE |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits to complete the programme.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Graduate Diploma in SPHE/RSE (GDip SPHE/RSE) |
---|---|
Programme Code | GDSPHE |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
All modules have monitored attendance. Marks may be attributed.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by continuous assessment.
Please list category 2 modules
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
HD 527 | Professional Practice and Partnerships in SPHE/RSE |
HD 527A | Professional Practice and Partnerships in SPHE/RSE |
Programme Title | MA in Chaplaincy Studies and Pastoral Work |
---|---|
Programme Code | MACSPW |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
The following skill modules have a 100% attendance requirement:
Module Code | Module Title |
ED 8092 | Professional and Spiritual Development |
ED 8092A | Professional and Spiritual Development |
ED 8092B | Professional and Spiritual Development |
ED 8092C | Professional and Spiritual Development |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Part-time students must have successfully completed a minimum of 30 credits in their first period of study in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Students who have successfully completed 60 credits are permitted to exit with a Graduate Diploma in Chaplaincy Studies and Pastoral Work, as indicated in the academic structure.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Master of Education |
---|---|
Programme Code | MEd |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Advanced Educational Studies.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Master of Education in Autism |
---|---|
Programme Code | MEdA |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1. Calculation for the Award Classification
Marks and Standards apply.
1.2. Eligibility Requirements
Graduate Diploma in Inclusive and Special Education (GDISE), from 2023-2024, and former students from the Graduates of Graduate Diploma in Inclusive Education, Learning Support and Special Education (GDILS).
- 1.2.1. Students must have successfully completed either SI708 Autistic Spectrum Disorders or SI718 Applied Behaviour Analysis in Education
- 1.2.2. Students must have completed an Autism focused placement as part of GDILS or GDISE programme, subject to approval by the Progression and Awards Board.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 30 credits Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in the Education of Pupils on the Autism Spectrum as indicated in the academic structure.
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Education in Autism as indicated in the academic structure.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Master of Education in Early Childhood Education |
---|---|
Programme Code | MEECE |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Marks and Standards apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 50 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Early Childhood Education as indicated in the academic structure.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Master of Education in Literacy Professional Practice |
---|---|
Programme Code | MEdLPP |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Master of Education in Specific Learning Difficulties (Dyslexia) |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSPLD |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in SpLD/Dyslexia as indicated in the academic structure.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Masters in Special Education Needs |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSEN |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The classification of the award for students who completed a 60ECTS Graduate Diploma in Inclusive/Special Education at DCU from 2017 prior to progressing onto the MSEN year 2 will be based on 90ECTS from the first attempt marks obtained in the following modules (proportion weighting given in brackets):
- SI716 (20/90)
- SI721/SI715 (10/90)
- SI801 (15/90)
- SI802 (15/90)
- SI803 (30/90)
- SI717, weighted at 10 ECTS credits, does not contribute to the award classification.
The classification of the award for students who completed a 60ECTS Graduate Diploma in Inclusive/Special Education at DCU in 2016/17 prior to progressing onto the MSEN year 2 will be based on 90ECTS from the first attempt marks obtained in the following modules (proportion weighting given in brackets):
- SI702 (15/90)
- SI703 (15/90)
- SI801 (15/90)
- SI802 (15/90)
- SI803 (30/90)
- SI717, weighted at 10 ECTS credits, does not contribute to the award classification.
For Legacy (SPDX) students and external (non-DCU) students, the precision mark will be based on 60ECTS from the first attempt marks obtained in three modules (proportion weighting given in brackets):
- SI801 (15/60)
- SI802 (15/60)
- SI803 (30/60)
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have completed a minimum of 30 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Education and Training Management (eLearning) |
---|---|
Programme Code | MEME |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
All modules have monitored attendance.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 40 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits (excluding modules SG500 Action Research and SG501 Dissertation) students are permitted to exit with a Graduate Diploma in Education and Training Management (eLearning).
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules, must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected for the remaining modules taken, when using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Education and Training Management (Leadership) |
---|---|
Programme Code | MEML |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
All modules have monitored attendance.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 40 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances
3.3 Exit Awards
Students who have successfully completed 60 ECTS credits, excluding modules SG500 Action& Research and SG501 Dissertation, are permitted to exit with a Graduate Diploma in Education and Training Management (Leadership).
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules, must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected for the remaining modules taken, when using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Guidance Counselling |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSGC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
None Specified
1.2 Modules and credit weightings
None Specified
1.3 Monitored Attendance
Students must attend 85% of lectures in each module.
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
HD 520 | Foundation Skills in Guidance Counselling |
HD 523 | Int. Frameworks for Guidance Practice I |
HD 524 | Guidance & The Digital World |
HD 525 | Guidance Placement I |
HD 5240 | Frameworks for Guidance Practice |
HD 5280 | Guidance Placement II |
HD 583 | Theory and Skills of Experiential Group Processes and Behaviour |
HD 533 | Ethical and Inclusive Guidance |
Students can be withdrawn from the programme for serious breach of behavior [Ref.: Sec. 41 Teaching Council Act 2001]
Requirements pertaining to Guidance Counselling Placement Practice
All students must complete a minimum of 130 hours of placement practice in a centre(s) approved by the Programme Board under the mentorship of a qualified guidance counsellor [Ref.: Department of Education PRF / Teaching Council]
1.4 Module Calculation
None Specified
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully complete all modules in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying deferred or failed modules.
3.3 Exit Awards
Having successfully completed a minimum of 60 ECTS credits on the programme (excluding module HD 534 Research in Guidance (Policy & Practice), students may choose to exit from the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Guidance Counselling. Marks and Standards will apply to the calculation of the student's precision mark.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Non Award Visitor (Education and Training) |
---|---|
Programme Code | NAVET |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 10 credits in a study period, and must also have successfully completed the Certificate in Education and Training in Whitehall College of Further Education with at least an overall merit, in order to progress to Year 1 of the full-time BSc in Education and Training (ET) programme in DCU. Students who progress from the Non-Award Visitor (Education and Training) (NAVET) programme to the BSc in Education and Training programme are exempt from the modules which they have already successfully completed as part of the NAVET programme.
4. Compensation
Compensation does not apply to any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Professional Diploma in Education |
---|---|
Programme Code | INSE |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully complete Taught Modules (20 credits) to progress to AP705 Dissertation.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 20 credits, excluding the Dissertation, students may exit with the Professional Certificate in Education, as indicated in the academic structure.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted for taught postgraduate programmes.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Professional Diploma in Inclusive and Special Education |
---|---|
Programme Code | DISE |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
Participation in the online learning environment is monitored. The module assessment will not be graded unless a required participation threshold is reached.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 20 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 20 credits, students may exit with a Professional Certificate in Inclusive and Special Education.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted for taught postgraduate programmes.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Professional Diploma in Special and Inclusive Education |
---|---|
Programme Code | SIE |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
Participation in the online learning environment is monitored. The module assessment will not be graded unless a required participation threshold is reached.
This programme is now closed for applications. This programme is only available for students who have resit or deferred modules to complete.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully complete four taught modules (20 credits) to progress to SI711 Dissertation.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 20 credits, students may exit with a Professional Certificate in Special and Inclusive Education.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted for taught postgraduate programmes.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Professional Master of Education (Primary) |
---|---|
Programme Code | PMEP |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
All modules have monitored attendance. Marks may be attributed.
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
ED 8039 | Enabling Learning |
FN 564 | Gaeilge |
ED 9047 | Professional Placement 2 & Reflection |
ED 8033 | Foundation in Education and Early Childhood Education |
ED 9063 | Science, Geography, History & Global Citizenship Education |
ED 8090 | Mathematics Education |
ED 9045 | Literacy 1 |
ED 9046 | Teagasc na Gaeilge 1 |
ED 8036 | Learning Through the Arts and Movement A |
ED 8037 | Learning Through the Arts and Movement B |
ED 8088 | Working in Schools |
ED 9062 | SPHE, Sociology and History of Education |
ED 8041 | Professional Placement 1 |
CCE 102 | Christian Foundations |
CCE 103 | Catholic Theology (Moral, Creed and Trinity) |
ED 8057 | Research Project |
ED 9048 | Mathematics Education |
ED 9049 | Literacy 2 |
ED 9050 | Teagasc na Gaeilge 2 |
ED 8079 | Professional Placement 3 and Online Teaching & Learning |
ED 8077 | Professional Placement 4 |
ED 8078 | Professional Placement 5 |
CCE 202 | Sacraments, Liturgy & Spirituality |
ED 9064 | Psychology, School Context, and Religious and Ethical Education |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
2.1 Derogation from Marks and Standards 3.2.1
Professional/External Body: Teaching Council of Ireland
In order to graduate, students should be required to demonstrate an acceptable level of proficiency in Literacy and Numeracy as required by the Teaching Council.
Introduction of 2.5 credit modules listed below:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
ED 8090 | Mathematics Education |
ED 9045 | Literacy 1 |
ED 9046 | Teagasc na Gaeilge 1 |
ED 9048 | Mathematics Education |
ED 9049 | Literacy 2 |
ED 9050 | Teagasc na Gaeilge 2 |
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in year one in order to progress to the next study period
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances
3.3 Professional Placement
Progression may not be automatic if a student fails ED8079 (Professional Placement 3 and Online Teaching & Learning) in Semester 1.
Where a student fails the qualifying placement ED8079, remedial processes may be put in place to support the student’s progression to the next semester and subsequent Professional Placement Module.
A mechanism is in place for the individual circumstances of each of these students to be considered, and only those with whom the ADTL (Associate Dean for Teaching & Learning) and Chair judges are not competent to continue school placement would be brought to the attention of the Vice-President Academic Affairs (Registrar).
3.4 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits across Year 1 and 2, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Education Studies (Primary). These credits cannot be accumulated from any Professional Placement modules in Year 1 or 2 of the programme.
The first attempt mark will be used to calculate the student’s precision mark for the Graduate Diploma in Education Studies (Primary).
If/when a student has more than the required number of theoretical credits in Years 1 & 2 from the specified theoretical modules, the award classification will be calculated on the eligible modules with the highest marks.
It is expected that as all curriculums are dynamic, the current theoretical modules may change over time. Therefore, alternative modules, which map onto the Graduate Diploma in Education Studies (Primary) learning outcomes, from the Professional Master of Education (Primary) will be deemed acceptable in their stead.
Any student who reaches the maximum registration period and has the required credits is automatically exited with the Graduate Diploma in Education Studies.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Professional Master of Education (PP) |
---|---|
Programme Code | PME |
Offered on a full-time of part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Programme requirements pertaining to Professional Placements
Students must secure a placement in line with the placement regulations, before they can begin each year of the programme.
Students must maintain a placement throughout the school year in order to remain on the programme. [Ref.: Teaching Council, 2011,1.25]. Students must maintain their Taisce (professional Portfolio) while on professional placement.
All students must complete a minimum of 200-250 hours of actual teaching with a class group of no less than 15 students in a second-level school with students between the ages of 12 and 18 years. Students must teach a subject from the second-level curriculum. [Ref: School Placement Handbook for Postgraduate Students, Professional Master of Education (PME) 2022-2023, Section D]
It may be necessary for Professional Placement Tutor observations and assessment to take place outside of the normal lecture period of each semester.
In Year 1, module ES538 Professional Placement will be spread across Semester 1 and Semester 2 (min. 4 hours direct teaching per week and 110 hours of placement related activities per year). [Ref.: Teaching Council 2011, 1.25].
In Year 2, module ES539 Professional Placement will be spread across Semester 1 and Semester 2 (min. 4 hours direct teaching per week and 110 hours of placement related activities per year) [Ref.: Teaching Council, 2011, 1.25].
1.2 Monitored Attendance
All modules have monitored attendance. Marks may be attributed.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks & Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
In cases where students do not fully meet the Teaching Council requirements for registration for at least one post-primary curricular subject, the Progression and Award Board may decide to defer progression or discontinue registration until the requirements are met.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to carry a maximum of two modules (10 credits) into Year 2, excluding ES538 Professional Placement which cannot be carried. If extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title |
Access/Qualifier/Graduate Certificate/Graduate Diploma/MEng Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Programme Code |
MMACc/MMQBc/MMMECc |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) and Part-time (02) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The MEng is awarded on the completion of 90 credits, of which 60 credits must be from Level 9 modules including MM533 Research Practice and Methodology (7.5 credits) and a 30 credit project.
Students may obtain an MEng in Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering with a Major in Simulation-Driven Design, Advanced Manufacturing, Biomedical Engineering, or Sustainable Systems and Energy provided that they pass a stream of pre-defined modules and a project deemed to be in the area of the Major.
The Access and the Qualifier courses do not lead to an award but rather provide a possible entry to the MEng programme.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Progression from the Access course (MMAC) to the MEng programme is on the basis of achieving a minimum mark of 50% in each module.
Progression from the Masters Qualifier B (MMQB) programme to the MEng programme is on the basis of achieving a minimum mark of 50% in each level 8 module and a minimum pass mark in each level 9 module. Each module must be considered independently and the first 30 credits (4 x level 8 and/or level 9 modules) completed will be used for decision.
Module results for the MEng programme modules undertaken by students on the Qualifier B programme will be used in the calculation of precision marks once the student transfers to the MEng programme. The Qualifier B programme is considered to be part of the MEng programme and will be considered to count as an academic session for the modules attempted in the Qualifier B programme.
Module results for the MEng programme modules undertaken by students on the International Foundation programme will be used in the calculation of precision marks once the student transfers to the MEng programme. The International Foundation programme is considered to be part of the MEng programme and will be considered to count as an academic session for the modules attempted in the IFPXXX programme.
3.2 Exit Awards
The Graduate Diploma is awarded on the completion of 60 credits of Level 9 taught modules (project is not included).
The Graduate Certificate is awarded on the completion of 30 credits of Level 9 taught modules (project is not included).
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Academic Structures webpages for this programme.
Programme Title | BEng Biomedical Engineering |
---|---|
Programme Code | BMED |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 2 | 10% |
Year 3 | 15% |
Transfer student into Year 3 with no Year 2 contribution | 15% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the case that students have exhausted all attempts at BMED4, or where otherwise authorised by the BMED Program Board, the student may be offered with a BSc in Biomedical Technology (BMEDT4) as an early-exit award providing they meet the requirements (15-credits from 4th year modules). The grade for the exit award would be based on a precision mark calculated from the credit-weighted average of the marks achieved in the non-INTRA modules from the third year of the target programme, along with the highest scoring 15 credits successfully completed from the fourth year.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BEng Electronic and Computer Engineering |
---|---|
Programme Code | ECE |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 3 | 15% |
Major options are made available in 4th Year, subject to student choice and resource provision. Major option topics may vary in response to perceived market needs and technological trends.
1.2 Module Calculation (specific modules)
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
PS 202 | Electromagnetism |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the case that students have exhausted all attempts at ECE4, or where otherwise authorised by the ECE Program Board, the student may be offered with a BSc in Electronic and Computer Technology (ECT4) as an early-exit award providing they meet the requirements (15-credits from 4th year modules). The grade for the exit award would be based on a precision mark calculated from the credit-weighted average of the marks achieved in the non-INTRA modules from the third year of the target programme, along with the highest scoring 15 credits successfully completed from the fourth year.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BEng Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering |
---|---|
Programme Code | CAM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full Time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 2 | 10% |
Year 3 | 15% |
Transfer student into Year 3 with no Year 2 contribution | 15% |
1. 2 Module Calculation (specific modules)
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
MM 235 | Manufacturing Processes 2 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the case that students have exhausted all attempts at CAM4, or where otherwise authorised by the CAM Program Board, the student may be offered with a BSc in Mechanical & Manufacturing Technology (MMT4) as an early-exit award providing they meet the requirements (15-credits from 4th year modules). The grade for the exit award would be based on a precision mark calculated from the credit-weighted average of the marks achieved in the non-INTRA modules from the third year of the target programme, along with the highest scoring 15 credits successfully completed from the fourth year.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BEng Mechanical and Sustainability Engineering |
---|---|
Programme Code | SSE |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 2 | 10% |
Year 3 | 15% |
Transfer student into Year 3 with no Year 2 contribution | 15% |
1.2 Module Calculation (specific modules)
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark. The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
PS 218 | Physics of Renewable Energy |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the case that students have exhausted all attempts at SSE4, or where otherwise authorised by the SSE Program Board, the student may be offered with a BSc in Mechanical and Sustainability Technology as an early-exit award providing they meet the requirements (15-credits from 4th year modules). The grade for the exit award would be based on a precision mark calculated from the credit-weighted average of the marks achieved in the non-INTRA modules from the third year of the target programme, along with the highest scoring 15 credits successfully completed from the fourth year.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
(N.B. for information purposes: this link will be updated and relevant to the SSE programme)
Programme Title | BEng Mechatronic Engineering |
---|---|
Programme Code | ME |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the fourth year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 2 | 10% |
Year 3 | 15% |
Transfer student into Year 3 with no Year 2 contribution | 15% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the case that students have exhausted all attempts at ME4, or where otherwise authorised by the ME Program Board, the student may be offered with a BSc in Mechatronic Technology (MT4) as an early-exit award providing they meet the requirements (15-credits from 4th year modules). The grade for the exit award would be based on a precision mark calculated from the credit-weighted average of the marks achieved in the non-INTRA modules from the third year of the target programme, along with the highest scoring 15 credits successfully completed from the fourth year.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Bachelor of Engineering in Electronic and Computer Engineering/Master of Engineering in Electronic and Computer Engineering |
---|---|
Programme Code | ECEi4/ECEiM5 |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 1 | 0% |
Year 2 | 0% |
Year 3 | 10% |
Year 4 | 20% |
Year 5 | 70% |
BEng exit in Year 4 |
Yr 1=0% Yr 2 = 0% Yr 3 = 15% Yr 4 = 85% (including project) |
For the dual MEng/BEng award, the classification obtained over 5 years is applied to both the BEng and MEng.
Students may obtain an MEng in Electronic and Computer Engineering in one of the following 4 majors:
- Major in Advanced Data Networks (ADNi)
- Major in Internet of Things (IoTi)
- Major in Digital Interaction (DIi) or
- Major in Nanotechnology and Photonics (NPi).
Students have to complete minimum required credits in Year 4 and Year 5 from the list of offered modules.
In Year 4, students have to complete 60 credits in the ECEi4 year of the integrated programme from their selected Major stream. There are no elective modules within the Major streams; the only choices are between the Major streams.
Students in the ECEi4 with a major in Advanced Data Networks (ADNi) must complete the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
---|---|---|
EE 402 | Object Oriented Programming with Embedded Systems | 7.5 |
EE 452 | Wireless/Mobile Communications | 7.5 |
EE 458 | Control Systems Analysis | 5 |
EE 496 | Computer Architecture and HDL | 5 |
EE 5002A | RD&I Training & Project Planning | 7.5 |
EE 401 | DSP - Digital Filters & DFT | 5 |
EE 417 | Web Application Development | 7.5 |
EE 454 | Optical Communications System Design | 7.5 |
EE 470 | Introduction to Engineering Management | 7.5 |
Students in the ECEi4 with a major in Internet of Things (IoTi) must complete the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
---|---|---|
EE 402 | Object Oriented Programming with Embedded Systems | 7.5 |
EE 452 | Wireless/Mobile Communications | 7.5 |
EE 458 | Control Systems Analysis | 5 |
EE 496 | Computer Architecture and HDL | 5 |
EE 5002A | RD&I Training & Project Planning | 7.5 |
EE 401 | DSP - Digital Filters & DFT | 5 |
EE 417 | Web Application Development | 7.5 |
EE 445 | Bioelectronics | 7.5 |
EE 470 | Introduction to Engineering Management | 7.5 |
Students in the ECEi4 with a major in Digital Interaction (DIi) must complete the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
---|---|---|
EE 402 | Object Oriented Programming with Embedded Systems | 7.5 |
EE 452 | Wireless/Mobile Communications | 7.5 |
EE 458 | Control Systems Analysis | 5 |
EE 496 | Computer Architecture and HDL | 5 |
EE 5002A | RD&I Training & Project Planning | 7.5 |
EE 401 | DSP - Digital Filters & DFT | 5 |
EE 417 | Web Application Development | 7.5 |
EE 497 | 3D Interface Technologies | 7.5 |
EE 470 | Introduction to Engineering Management | 7.5 |
Students in the ECEi4 with a major in Nanotechnology and Photonics (NPi) must complete the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
---|---|---|
EE 402 | Object Oriented Programming with Embedded Systems | 7.5 |
EE 419 | Power Electronics | 5 |
EE 458 | Control Systems Analysis | 5 |
EE 463 | Solid State Electronics & Semiconductor Devices | 7.5 |
EE 5002A | RD&I Training & Project Planning | 7.5 |
EE 401 | DSP - Digital Filters & DFT | 5 |
EE 454 | Optical Communication Systems Design | 7.5 |
EE 459 | Mechatronic System Simulation & Control | 7.5 |
EE 470 | Introduction to Engineering Management | 7.5 |
In Year 5, students have to complete 60 credits in the ECEiM5 year of the integrated programme from their selected Major stream.
Students in the ECEiM5 with a major in Advanced Data Networks (ADNi) must complete the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
---|---|---|
EE 500 | Network Performance | 7.5 |
EE 509 | Data Network Protocol Analysis and Simulation | 7.5 |
EE 5001 | Security for IoT Networks | 7.5 |
EE 507 | Entrepreneurship for Engineers | 7.5 |
EE 5005 | Advanced Data Networks Masters Project | 15 |
And one of:
EE 506 | Photonics Devices | 7.5 |
EE 515 | Real-Time Digital Signal Processing (DSP) | 7.5 |
EE 521 | Future Network Architecture | 7.5 |
And one of:
EE 517 | Networks Analysis and Dimensioning | 7.5 |
EE 519 | Wireless Communications in Fading Channels | 7.5 |
EE 562 | Network Stack Implementation | 7.5 |
Students in the ECEiM5 with a major in Internet of Things (IoTi) must complete the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
---|---|---|
EE 500 | Network performance | 7.5 |
EE 514 | Data Analysis and Machine Learning | 7.5 |
EE 516 | Blockchain Scalability | 7.5 |
EE 507 | Entrepreneurship for Engineers | 7.5 |
EE 513 | Connected Embedded Systems | 7.5 |
EE 5004 | Internet of Things Masters Project | 15 |
And one of:
EE 5001 | Security for IoT Networks | 7.5 |
EE 562 | Network Stack Implementation | 7.5 |
Students in the ECEiM5 with a major in Digital Interactions (DIi) must complete the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
---|---|---|
EE 453 | Image Processing & Analysis (Plus) | 7.5 |
EE 500 | Network Performance | 7.5 |
EE 514 | Data Analysis and Machine Learning | 7.5 |
EE 507 | Entrepreneurship for Engineers | 7.5 |
EE 513 | Connected Embedded Systems | 7.5 |
EE 544 | Computer Vision | 7.5 |
EE 5006 | Digital Interactions Masters Project | 15 |
Students in the ECEiM5 with a major in Nanotechnology and Photonics (NPi) must complete the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
---|---|---|
EE 506 | Photonics Devices | 7.5 |
EE 559 | Nanoelectronics Technology | 7.5 |
EE 507 | Entrepreneurship for Engineers | 7.5 |
EE 508 | Fundamentals of Device Manufacturing | 7.5 |
EE 518 | Photonics Applications and Technologies | 7.5 |
EE 5007 | Nanotechnology and Photonics Masters Project | 15 |
And one of:
EE 514 | Data Analysis and Machine Learning | 7.5 |
EE 515 | Real-Time Digital Signal Processing (DSP) | 7.5 |
EE 535 | Energy System Decarbonisation | 7.5 |
1.2 Module Calculation (specific modules)
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark. The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
PS 202 | Electromagnetism |
EE 323 | Electromagnetism II |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Name of Professional Body: Engineers Ireland.
Derogation from Marks and Standards Paragraph 1.1 Awards.
Students exiting the programme in Year 4 with a BEng are required to complete a final year project comprising 15 credits over the summer. This brings the overall credits obtained to 255.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, excepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
To transfer in Year 4 of the programme to the MEng pathway students must achieve a minimum H2.2 average (50%) precision mark from the aggregate of marks from Year1, Year 2 and Year 3. A student’s track record, performance, rate of progression and commitment to the pathway may be considered in assessing applications for the integrated master’s programme. The school will reserve the right to reject applications based on availability of places. Otherwise students complete the 4th year of the BEng programme DC190.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the exceptional case where a student is not in a position to take Year 5 of the programme, provision will be made to complete a BEng project over the summer at the end of Year 4 so that a BEng is obtained. The project mark is included in the Year 4 precision mark.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply in years 1 - 4 only, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by continuous assessment.
Below is the list of category 2 modules for ECEi4 and ECEiM5
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
EE 5002A | RD&I Training & Project Planning |
EE 5004 | Internet of Things Masters Project |
EE 5005 | Advanced Data Networks Masters Project |
EE 5006 | Digital Interactions Masters Project |
EE 5007 | Nanotechnology and Photonics Masters Project |
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Below is the list of category 3 modules for ECEi4 and ECEiM5;
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
EE 506 | Photonics Devices |
EE 454 | Optical Communications System Design |
Programme Title | Bachelor of Engineering Biomedical Engineering/Master of Engineering Biomedical Engineering |
---|---|
Programme Code | BMEDI |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 1 | 5% |
Year 2 | 5% |
Year 3 | 10% |
Year 4 | 10% |
Year 5 | 70% |
BEng exit in Year 4 |
Yr 1 = 5% Yr 2 = 5% Yr 3 = 10% Yr 4 = 80%(including project) |
For the dual MEng/BEng award the classification obtained over 5 years is applied to both the BEng and MEng.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Name of Professional Body: Engineers Ireland.
Derogation from Marks and Standards paragraph 1.1 Awards.
Students exiting the programme in year 4 with a BEng are required to complete a final year project comprising 15 credits over the summer. This brings the overall credits obtained to 255. This will be facilitated in exceptional extenuating circumstances only.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
To transfer in 3rd year of the programme to the MEng pathway students must achieve a minimum H2.2 average (50%) precision mark from the aggregate of marks from year 1 and year 2. A student’s track record, performance, rate of progression and commitment to the pathway may be considered in assessing applications for the integrated master’s programme. The school will reserve the right to reject applications based on availability of places.
Otherwise students complete the 3rd and 4th year of the BEng programme DC197.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the exceptional case where a student is not in a position to take the 5th year of the programme, provision will be made to complete a BEng project over the summer at the end of 4th year so that a BEng is obtained. The project mark is included in the 4th year precision mark.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply in years 1 - 4 only, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering/Master of Engineering in Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering |
---|---|
Programme Code | CAMI |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 1 | 5% |
Year 2 | 5% |
Year 3 | 10% |
Year 4 | 10% |
Year 5 | 70% |
BEng exit in Year 4 |
Yr 1 = 5% Yr 2 = 5% Yr 3 = 10% Yr 4 = 80% (including project) |
For the dual MEng/BEng award the classification obtained over 5 years is applied to both the BEng and MEng.
Students may obtain an MEng in Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering with a Major in Sustainable Systems and Energy should they complete the modules:
Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
---|---|---|
EE 535 | Energy System Decarbonisation: Technology and Policy | 7.5 |
MM 535 | Energy Auditing and Management | 7.5 |
MM 536 | Advanced Sustainable Energy Systems | 7.5 |
MM 537 | Whole Life Cycle Costing | 7.5 |
MM 584 | Manufacturing Systems Simulation | 7.5 |
MM 533 | Research Practice and Methodology | 7.5 |
MM 516 | MEng Project (Sustainable Systems and Energy Engineering) | 15 |
Students may obtain an MEng in Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering with a Major in Simulation Based Design should they complete the modules:
Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
---|---|---|
MM 421 | Finite Element Analysis | 7.5 |
MM 432 | Heat Transfer and Fluid Mechanics | 7.5 |
MM 532 | Computational Thermo-Fluid Mechanics | 7.5 |
MM 584 | Manufacturing Systems Simulation | 7.5 |
MM 533 | Research and Practice Methodology | 7.5 |
MM 513 | MEng Project | 15 |
And one of:
MM 524 | Advanced Finite Element Analysis | 7.5 |
MM 5XX | Turbomachinery | 7.5 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Name of Professional Body: Engineers Ireland.
Derogation from Marks and Standards paragraph 1.1 Awards.
Students exiting the programme in year 4 with a BEng are required to complete a final year project comprising 15 credits over the summer. This brings the overall credits obtained to 255. This will be facilitated in exceptional extenuating circumstances only.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
To transfer in 3rd year of the programme to the MEng pathway students must achieve a minimum H2.2 average (50% ) precision mark from the aggregate of marks from year 1 and year 2. A student’s track record, performance, rate of progression and commitment to the pathway may be considered in assessing applications for the integrated master’s programme. The school will reserve the right to reject applications based on availability of places.
Otherwise students complete the 3rd and 4th year of the BEng programme DC195.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the exceptional case where a student is not in a position to take the 5th year of the programme, provision will be made to complete a BEng project over the summer at the end of 4th year so that a BEng is obtained. The project mark is included in the 4th year precision mark.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply in years 1 - 4 only, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BEng/MEng Mechanical and Sustainability Engineering |
---|---|
Programme Code | SSEI |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 1 | 5% |
Year 2 | 5% |
Year 3 | 10% |
Year 4 | 10% |
Year 5 | 70% |
BEng exit in Year 4 |
Yr 1 = 5% Yr 2 = 5% Yr 3 = 10% Yr 4 = 80% (including project) |
For the dual MEng/BEng award the classification obtained over 5 years is applied to both the BEng and MEng.
1.2 Module Calculation (specific modules)
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark. The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
PS 218 | Physics of Renewable Energy |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Name of Professional Body: Engineers Ireland.
Derogation from Marks and Standards paragraph 1.1 Awards.
Students exiting the programme in year 4 with a BEng are required to complete a final year project comprising 15 credits over the summer. This brings the overall credits obtained to 255. This will be facilitated in exceptional extenuating circumstances only.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
To transfer in 3rd year of the programme to the MEng pathway students must achieve a minimum H2.2 average (50%) precision mark from the aggregate of marks from year 1 and year 2. A student’s track record, performance, rate of progression and commitment to the pathway may be considered in assessing applications for the integrated master’s programme. The school will reserve the right to reject applications based on availability of places.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the exceptional case where a student is not in a position to take the 5th year of the programme, provision will be made to complete a BEng project over the summer at the end of 4th year so that a BEng is obtained. The project mark is included in the 4th year precision mark.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply in years 1 - 4 only, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
(N.B. for information purposes: this link will be updated and relevant to the SSE programme)
Programme Title | MEng/BEng Mechatronic Engineering |
---|---|
Programme Code | MEi3/MEi4/MEiM5 |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 1 | 5% |
Year 2 | 5% |
Year 3 | 10% |
Year 4 | 10% |
Year 5 | 70% |
BEng exit in Year 4 |
Yr 1 = 5% Yr 2 = 5% Yr 3 = 10% Yr 4 = 80% (including project) |
For the dual MEng/BEng award the classification obtained over 5 years is applied to both the BEng and MEng.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Name of Professional Body: Engineers Ireland
Derogation from Marks and Standards paragraph 1.1 Awards
Students exiting the programme in year 4 with a BEng are required to complete a final year project comprising 15 credits over the summer. This brings the overall credits obtained to 255.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
To transfer at the end of the 2nd year of the programme to the MEng pathway in 3rd year, students must achieve minimum H2.2 average (50%) from the aggregate of marks from year 1 and year 2. A student’s track record, performance, rate of progression and commitment to the pathway may be considered in assessing applications for the integrated master’s programme. The school will reserve the right to reject applications based on availability of places.
Otherwise students complete the 3rd and 4th year of the BEng programme DC193.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
In the case where a student is not in a position to take the 5th year of the programme there may be provision to complete a BEng project over the summer at the end of 4th year so that a BEng is obtained. The project mark is included in the 4th year precision mark.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply in years 1 - 4 only, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be retaken. The resit categories of modules on this programme in Year 1 and Year 2 can be found here (comment with BEng in Mechatronics) with an explanation of those categories.
The resit categories of modules on Years 3, 4 and 5 can be found here.
Programme Title | BSC Computer Applications |
---|---|
Programme Code | CA/CASE |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 3 | 15% |
1.2 Module Calculation (specific modules)
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
MS 134 | IT Mathematics I |
MS 135 | IT Mathematics II |
MS 200 | Linear Algebra |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BSc in Computer Science |
---|---|
Programme Code | COMSCI |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 3 | 15% |
1.2 Module Calculation (specific modules)
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
MS 134 | IT Mathematics I |
MS 135 | IT Mathematics II |
MS 200 | Linear Algebra |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in Point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BSc in Computing for Business |
---|---|
Programme Code | COMBUS |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 3 | 15% |
1.2 Module Calculation (specific modules)
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
MS 115 | Mathematics for Enterprise Computing |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting the circumstances as outlined in Point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BSc in Data Science |
---|---|
Programme Code | DS |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 3 | 15% |
1.2 Module Calculation (specific modules)
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
MS 103 | Linear Mathematics I |
MS 104 | Linear Mathematics II |
MS 205 | Calculus of Several Variables |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in Point 3.2.
The pass mark for MS146 is 50%. This module is non-compensatable.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
MS146 is non-compensatable.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BSc in Enterprise Computing |
---|---|
Programme Code | EC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 3 | 15% |
1.2 Module Calculation (specific modules)
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
MS 115 | Mathematics for Enterprise Computing |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BSc in Global Challenges |
---|---|
Programme Code | GC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Year Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 1 | 0% |
Year 2 | 10% |
Year 3 | 10% |
Year 4 | 80% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards Apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60ECTS credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period, accepting circumstances as outlined in Point 3.2.
For the following modules, point 6.2.3 from Marks and Standards applies
- 6.2.3 For specific modules approved by University Standards Committee the continuous assessment may include a sequence of core elements with a defined pass threshold and may involve sequential progression between elements. Such core elements will be marked on a pass/fail basis only.
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
GC1EX | Exploring and Defining Problems |
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
4.Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all componentsof the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where themodule is 100% assessed by continuous assessment. Category 2 modules are listed below:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
GC1LD | Shaping Global Leaders |
GC1EN | Exploring Enabling Technologies and Solutions |
GC1CH | Global Challenges in Practice |
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Programme Title | BSc in Information Technology |
---|---|
Programme Code | IT |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The Bachelor of Science in Information Technology degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed all modules at Level 1, all modules at Level 2 and six degree level modules. The six degree level modules students must successfully complete are the five mandatory modules listed below
1.2 Modules and Credit Weightings
Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
---|---|---|
CA | Database Theory and Practice | 20 |
CTA | Modern Data Communications and Networks | 20 |
SDA | Mobile Application Development | 20 |
HSA | Researching Interactions with Technology | 20 |
MS 00B | Entrepreneurship and Innovation | 20 |
And one of the following elective modules:
MSA | Managing the Digital Landscape | 20 |
OR
CB | Software Engineering Methodologies | 20 |
Students who have successfully completed both the MSA and CB modules prior to 2015/2016 must have successfully completed the modules CA, CB, MSA, MS00B, CTA and HSA to be eligible for award of the degree. In calculation of the award classification all modules are equally weighted. The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the best five of the six, degree level modules. These five modules are called the contributing modules.
Students who received direct entry onto the degree level modules must successfully complete the relevant six, degree level modules within four years of registration.
First Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 70 |
Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 60 |
Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 50 |
Third Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 40 |
1.3 Monitored Attendance
Attendance at a workshop is monitored on the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title |
HSA | Researching Interactions with Technology |
MS 00B | Entrepreneurship and Emerging Technologies |
SDA | Mobile Application Development |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
- Level 1: Any student who meets the entry requirements can enrol on any of the four Level 1 modules.
- Level 2: Admission to these modules will normally be subject to successful completion of, or exemption from where applicable, the corresponding 15 ECTS credit module at the level below.
- Degree Level: Admission to these modules will normally be subject to successful completion of, or exemption from, the corresponding 15 ECTS credit module at Level 2. In addition, students must normally have successfully completed or received exemption from all Level 1 modules, equating to 60 ECTS credits.
3.2 Exit Awards
Students may exit the programme with a Diploma after successful completion of the eight Level 1 and Level 2 modules which total 120 ECTS credits. The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the four level 2 modules.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules fall into category 1.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by continuous assessment.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Programme Title | BSC in Management of Information Technology and Information Systems |
---|---|
Programme Code | IS |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The Bachelor of Science in Management of Information Technology and Information Systems degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed all modules at level 1, all modules at level 2 and the six, degree level modules which are:
1.2 Modules and Credit Weightings
Module Code | Module Title | ECTS |
---|---|---|
CA | Database Theory and Practice | 20 |
CB | Software Engineering Methodologies | 20 |
MSA | Managing the Digital Landscape | 20 |
HSA | Researching Interactions with Technology | 20 |
MS 00B | Entrepreneurship and Innovation | 20 |
MNA | Managing IT for Business Success | 20 |
In calculation of the award classification all modules are equally weighted. The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the best five of the six, degree level modules.
Students who received direct entry onto the degree level modules must successfully complete the relevant six, degree level modules within four years of registration.
First Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 70 |
Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 60 |
Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 50 |
Third Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 40 |
1.3 Monitored Attendance
Attendance at a workshop is monitored on the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
HSA | Researching Interactions with Technology |
MS 00B | Entrepreneurship and Emerging Technologies |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
- Level 1: Any student who meets the entry requirements can enrol on any of the four level 1 modules.
- Level 2: Admission to these modules will normally be subject to successful completion of, or exemption from where applicable, the corresponding 15 credit module at the level below.
- Degree Level: Admission to these modules will normally be subject to successful completion of, or exemption from, the corresponding 15 credit module at level 2. In addition, students must normally have successfully completed or received exemption from all level 1 modules, equating to 60 credits.
3.2 Exit Awards
Students may exit the programme with a diploma after successful completion of the eight level 1 and level 2 modules which total 120 ECTS credits. The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the four level 2 modules.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules fall into category 1.
*Please note: The completion of the HSA research project involves a successful application for ethical approval of the project. If ethical approval is not granted for a research project a student cannot proceed to the data-collection phase.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by Continuous Assessment.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Programme Title | Certificate in User Experience |
---|---|
Programme Code | CUX |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The Certificate in User Experience will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed all three modules (37.5 ECTS credits).
1.2 Modules and Credit Weighting
The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the following two, 15 ECTS credit modules: HS1, HS2. The OI501 module, weighted at 7.5 ECTS credits, does not contribute to the award classification.
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
First Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 70 |
Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 60 |
Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 50 |
Third Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 40 |
1.3 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is not monitored.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
The certificate is of one-year duration.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. All modules are category 1. The following is an explanation of the resit categories.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by continuous assessment.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Programme Title | Common Entry into Engineering |
---|---|
Programme Code | CE |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full Time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Marks and Standards apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress into the second year of any available BEng in Engineering Undergraduate Programme, subject to the normal rules and regulations. In the event that a programme is oversubscribed places will be awarded based on academic performance. Students may not transfer into a denominated Programme until they successfully obtained 60 credits, accepting circumstances as outlined in Point 3.2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Joint Academic Regulations
Programme shared between Faculty of Engineering and Computing and the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences
Programme Title | European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence |
---|---|
Programme Code | EMALDAI |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
The degree of European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence (EMLDAI) is offered jointly by Dublin City University (DCU) — the ‘Coordinating University’ — Avignon Université (AU), Universidad de León (ULE) and Università di Pisa (UNIPI) — the ‘Partner Universities’. The EMLDAI degree is awarded by the Coordinating University jointly with the Partner University/ies involved in the delivery of the particular study stream and track (see section 2 below).
The degree received funding from the EU Commission under the Erasmus+ Programme (Key Action 2: Erasmus Mundus Joint Masters) for the academic years 2022-2027.
The EMLDAI Joint Academic Programme Regulations are promulgated by Dublin City University, and have been created in collaboration with the Partner Universities. The programme regulations outlined in this document apply to all taught module components at DCU, and to the governance of the programme over all.
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Principles
1.1 Principles for Module Delivery and Assessment
Each Partner University is responsible for the assessment and delivery of the modules it teaches onto the programme, according to its respective institutional regulations and requirements. The results of modules delivered by Avignon Université, Universidad de León and Universitá di Pisa are transferred to DCU and converted into equivalent DCU grades as per the assessment grade conversion table outlined in Annex 6 of the EMLDAI Partnership Agreement and in Appendix 1 of these programme regulations.
1.2 Principles for Programme Assessment
DCU Marks and Standards (‘M&S’) apply in relation to the governance of the programme at award level, unless otherwise specified in these Joint Academic Regulations.
2. Mobility Periods
2.1 Year 1
Students spend Year 1 of the programme at DCU. Students are admitted to the programme to one of its two study streams - a Law Stream or a Computing Stream -, and, within each study stream, to one of two study tracks - a Data Governance Track or a Cybersecurity Track.
Students must select their stream and track at the point of application to the programme. The choice of the study stream and track is definitive and cannot be revisited at a later stage.
2.2 Year 2
In Year 2, students follow a Data Governance Track, offered in AU, or a Cybersecurity Track, offered in ULE.
Students on the Law stream spend Semester 1 of Year 2 in either AU or ULE, according to their chosen track, and spend Semester 2 in UNIPI.
Students on the Computing stream spend the entirety of Year 2 in either AU or ULE, according to their chosen track, i.e. both Semesters 1 and 2 in the same institution.
3. Module Values
3.1 Module Weightings
All modules on this programme are weighted proportionately, according to their ECTS credit value.
3.2 Module Pass Mark
The minimum mark required for a pass in a DCU module on this programme is 40%.
4. Progression
4.1 Definition
Progression is defined in DCU Marks and Standards as the permission granted to a student to register in the subsequent academic session for the next diet of modules within his/her programme of study. See M&S item 7.1.1.
4.2 Credits for progression
Students must complete a minimum of 60 credits (all components) in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2. Where a student has not successfully completed a module or modules in Year 1 at DCU, they may be allowed to carry the module or modules into Year 2, if they have documented extenuating circumstances (see item 4.3 below).
4.3 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of an Examination Review Committee or Progression and Award Board, as appropriate, at DCU at the end of Year 1, a student may be permitted to progress to Year 2 where the following criteria are met:
- 4.3.1 The student must have documented extenuating circumstances. Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
- 4.3.2 The student will not be permitted to carry more than 10 credits into Year 2.
- 4.3.3 The student must complete the module assessment remotely.
- 4.3.4 The student must retake all the assessment components of the module; component marks from previous attempts are not carried forward.
- 4.3.5 The assessment must be completed within the normal DCU timelines for the submission of assessment, as outlined in the DCU Academic Calendar.
5. Awards
5.1 Calculation of the Award Classification
For the award of European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence, a student must complete modules corresponding to 120 ECTS credits (60 credits in Year 1 and 60 credits in Year 2).
The grade of classification for the degree award is determined by the precision mark, which is calculated as the overall average weighted mark based on the first full presentation of marks achieved in Year 1 at DCU, and the final marks of the modules offered in Year 2 at the Partner Universities, as converted and approved by the Joint Progression and Award Board. This provision represents a derogation from M&S item 7.1.4.
The award of European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.4.2.
Precision Mark | Award |
---|---|
Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
5.2 Exit Awards
In exceptional cases, students may request to exit the programme with a lesser or alternative award. Where a student requests to exit the programme with a lesser or alternative award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained.
- 5.2.1 For the DCU award of MA in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must accumulate 90 credits: 60 credits of taught modules from Year 1 of the EMLDAI programme at DCU and a 30-credit thesis/practicum. This 30-credit thesis/practicum will be co-ordinated and supervised by DCU. The DCU award of MA in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.4.2:
Precision Mark | Award |
---|---|
Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
-
5.2.2 For the award of the DCU Graduate Diploma in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must successfully complete 60 credits of taught modules in Year 1 of the programme at DCU with a condition that at least 10 credits come from a taught Law module and 10 credits from a taught Computing module. The DCU award of Graduate Diploma in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.5.2:
Precision Mark | Award |
---|---|
Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
-
5.2.3 For the award of the DCU Graduate Certificate in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must successfully complete 30 credits of taught modules in Year 1 of the programme at DCU with a condition that at least 10 credits come from a taught Law module and 10 credits from a taught Computing module. The DCU award of Graduate Certificate in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.5.2:
Precision Mark | Award |
---|---|
Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
6. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on this programme, except in relation to modules offered by Avignon Université and subject to the regulations of Avignon Université. This provision represents a derogation from M&S 7.2.2.3. The EMLDAI Joint Progression and Award Board will not take decisions in relation to compensation at programme level.
7. Resit Categories
DCU Marks and Standards define a resit as another opportunity within an academic session for students to demonstrate that they have achieved the learning outcomes associated with a module.
In accordance with Item 1.1 of these joint academic regulations, the offering of resit opportunities and the assessment of resits assessments for a given module will comply with the institutional requirements and regulations of the Partner University responsible for the delivery of the module in question.
At DCU, a resit is normally triggered by a postponement or a module mark of less than 40%. It does not require that a student resit all the assessment components of the module; passed assessment component marks are carried forward. The resit assessment does not have to be identical to the original assessment.
At DCU, the resits offered for the August examinations diet vary, depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories at DCU. All DCU modules on this programme except those specified below fall into category 1.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by continuous assessment.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
CA 682D | Data Management and Visualisation |
8. Repeat Arrangements
A repeat option is not available on the EMLDAI programme except where documented extenuating circumstances apply and subject to the approval of the Joint Progression and Award Board. This provision represents a derogation of M&S item 7.2.4.
9. Appeals
If a student wishes to appeal the result of a module, they must follow the appeals procedures in the Partner University in which the module is delivered. An appeal against an academic decision of the Joint Progression and Award Board must be submitted according to the timelines and procedures of DCU.
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scales
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scale - AU > DCU
ECTS | AU | DCU |
A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 20 | 80 |
A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 19 | 78 |
A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 18 | 75 |
A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 17 | 73 |
A (Weak A, 90 - 94%) Excellent | 16 | 70 |
B (Strong B, 86 - 90%) Very Good | 15 | 68 |
B (Weak B, 81 - 85%) Very Good | 14 | 65 |
C (Strong C, 76 - 80%) Good | 13 | 63 |
C (Weak C, 71 - 75%) Good | 12 | 60 |
D (61 - 70%) Satisfactory | 11 | 55 |
E (50 - 60%) Sufficient | 10 | 45 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 9 | 38 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 8 | 35 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 7 | 33 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 6 | 30 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 5 | 28 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 4 | 25 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 3 | 23 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 2 | 20 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 1 | 10 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 0 | 0 |
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scale - ULA > DCU
ECTS | ULE | DCU |
---|---|---|
A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 10 | 73 |
A (Weak A, 90 - 94%) Excellent | 9 | 70 |
B (81 - 90%) Very Good | 8 | 68 |
C (71 - 80%) Good | 7 | 63 |
D (61 - 70%) Satisfactory | 6 | 55 |
E (50 - 60%) Sufficient | 5 | 45 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 4 | 35 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 3 | 25 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 2 | 15 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 1 | 5 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 0 | 0 |
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scale - UNIPI > DCU
ECTS | UNIPI | DCU |
---|---|---|
A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 30 e lode | 73 |
A (Weak A, 90 - 94%) Excellent | 30 | 70 |
B (Strong B, 86 - 90%) Very Good | 29 | 68 |
B (Strong B, 86 - 90%) Very Good | 28 | 65 |
B (Weak B, 81 - 85%) Very Good | 27 | 63 |
B (Weak B, 81 - 85%) Very Good | 26 | 60 |
C (Strong C, 76 - 80%) Good | 25 | 58 |
C (Strong C, 76 - 80%) Good | 24 | 55 |
C (Weak C, 71 - 75%) Good | 23 | 53 |
C (Weak C, 71 - 75%) Good | 22 | 50 |
D (Strong D, 66 - 70%) Satisfactory | 21 | 48 |
D (Weak D, 61 - 65%) Satisfactory | 20 | 45 |
E (Strong E, 57 - 60%) Sufficient | 19 | 43 |
E (Weak E, 50 - 53%) Sufficient | 18 | 40 |
FX (<50%) Fail | Fail | 30 |
Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Data Protection (Law and Computing) |
---|---|
Programme Code | GCDP |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part Time (02) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Marks and Standards Apply
Students who request to progress onto the MA in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing are exempt from host modules completed on this programme.
Module results for the MA in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing undertaken by students on the Graduate Certificate in Data Protection (Law and Computing) will be used in the calculation of precision marks once the student transfers to the Masters programme.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards Apply
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
For the award of Graduate Certificate in Data Protection (Law and Computing), a student must accumulate 30 ECTS credits.
Where a student has successfully completed 30 ECTS credits on the Graduate Certificate and requests to transfer to the MA in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing they will not receive the award of Graduate Certificate in Data Protection (Law and Computing).
3.2 Carry of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards Apply
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Energy Systems and Decarbonisation |
---|---|
Programme Code | GCESD1 |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification -
Precision mark for the year. The calculation of the final year award classification does not include contributions from previous years’ results.
1.2 Modules and credit weightings - equal
1.3 Monitored Attendance – Not applicable
1.4 Module Calculation - Not applicable
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 30 credits in a study period in order to graduate with GCESD.
GCESD Students with the 30credits (at level 9) can undertake three more relevant 7.5 credit modules and will be eligible for a GDSES.
GCESD Students with the 30credits (at level 9) can undertake five more relevant 7.5 credit modules and a Project and will be eligible for SSE Masters major.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
There is only one exit award, i.e. the Graduate Certificate on completion of 30 credits.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by continuous assessment.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
6. Repeat Arrangements
Failed modules can be repeated in the next academic session.
Marks and Standards apply.
Programme Title | Graduate Diploma in Sustainable Energy Systems |
---|---|
Programme Code | GDSES1 |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification - Precision mark for the year.
The calculation of the final year award classification does not include contributions from previous years’ results.
1.2 Modules and credit weightings - equal
1.3 Monitored Attendance – Not applicable
1.4 Module Calculation - Not applicable
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits (at level 9) in a study period in order to graduate with a GDSES.
GDSES Students with the 60credits completed including Project Management, can undertake one more relevant 7.5 credit module (at level 9) and a Project and will be eligible for SSE Masters major.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
3.3 Exit Awards
On completion of 60 credits (at level 9) an award of the Graduate Diploma is achieved.
On completion of 30 credits (at level 9) of suitable modules a Graduate Certificate in Energy Systems Decarbonisation (GCESD) is achieved.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by continuous assessment.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
6. Repeat Arrangements
Failed modules can be repeated in the next academic session.
Marks and Standards apply.
Programme Title | Higher Diploma in Engineering Analysis and Technology |
---|---|
Programme Code | HDEAT1 |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The H.Dip. is awarded on completion of 60 credits (12 core modules of 5 credits each). The candidate’s precision mark is calculated based on the weighted average of core modules disregarding any which are pass/fail.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Candidates will graduate once they have met the program requirements.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply. Per Marks and Standards, compensation is not permitted on taught postgraduate qualifications.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | HDip in Interaction Design |
---|---|
Programme Code | HDID |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage, and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The Higher Diploma in Interaction Design will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed all five modules (72.5 ECTS credits).
The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the following four modules: HS1, HS2, C1 and HSA. The OI501 module, weighted at 7.5 ECTS credits, does not contribute to the award classification.
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
First Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 70 |
Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 60 |
Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 50 |
Third Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 40 |
1.2 Modules and Credit Weightings
Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
HS 1 | Exploring Interaction Design | 15 ECTS Credits |
HS 2 | User Experience Design | 15 ECTS Credits |
C 1 | IT & Web Technology Fundamentals | 15 ECTS Credits |
HSA | Researching Interactions with Technology | 20 ECTS Credits |
OI 501 | Career Transitions and Success | 7.5 ECTS Credits |
1.3 Monitored Attendance
Attendance at a workshop is monitored on the following module:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
HSA | Researching Interactions with Technology |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
- Students who meet the entry requirements can enrol on HS1 and HS2 in year one.
- Admission to HSA is contingent upon successful completion of HS2.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules fall into category 1.
*Please note: The completion of the HSA research project involves a successful application for ethical approval of the project. If ethical approval is not granted for a research project a student cannot proceed to the data-collection phase.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by continuous assessment.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Programme Title | HDip in Software Development |
---|---|
Programme Code | HDSD |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The Higher Diploma in Software Development will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed all modules (77.5 ECTS credits).
The classification of the award will be determined by the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the following four modules: C1, C2, CA and SDA.
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
First Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 70 |
Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 60 |
Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 50 |
Third Class Honours | Average mark across the contributing modules of at least 40 |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Students undertaking SDA must attend a mandatory workshop as a requirement of completing the module. Students who do not attend the workshop will not be permitted to proceed with the module. Students will be notified in advance of registering for SDA of this requirement.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
- Students who meet the entry requirements can enrol on C1 and C2 in year one.
- Admission to SDA is contingent upon successful completion of C2.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules fall into category 1.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by continuous assessment.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken
Programme Title | Masters Qualifier - MEng Electronic and Computer Engineering |
---|---|
Programme Code | MEQc |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) and Part-time (02) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Candidates who pass 30 credits of taught modules may transfer to the Master of Engineering in Electronic and Computer Engineering programme, provided they have obtained a minimum of 50% on any Level 8 taught modules or a minimum pass mark on any Level 9 modules that are counted towards these 30 credits.
Students who have already passed modules from the current MEQ academic structure and have used them as credit for a different qualification, cannot use them again towards accomplishing the 30 credits of the MEQ.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
This is a continuous programme. Once a candidate has met the programme requirements they will be deemed eligible to transfer.
3.2 Carrying of modules
This is a continuous programme, the carrying of modules does not apply.
3.2 Exit Awards
Candidates who pass 30 credits at Level 9 on the MEQ, and who decide not to transfer to the Masters programme, may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Electronic and Computer Engineering.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Masters Qualifier - Electronic and Computer Technology |
---|---|
Programme Code | MQTY |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) and Part-time (02) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
Candidates who pass 30 credits of taught modules may transfer to the Master of Engineering in Electronic and Computer Engineering programme, provided they have obtained a minimum of 50% on any Level 8 taught modules or a minimum pass mark on any Level 9 modules that are counted towards these 30 credits.
Students who have already passed modules from the current MQTY academic structure and have used them as credit for a different qualification, cannot use them again towards accomplishing the 30 credits of the MQTY.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
This is a continuous programme. Once a candidate has met the programme requirements they will be deemed eligible to transfer.
3.2 Carrying of modules
This is a continuous programme, the carrying of modules does not apply.
3.3 Exit Awards
Candidates who pass 30 credits at Level 9 on the MQTY, and who decide not to transfer to the Masters programme, may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Electronic and Computer Engineering.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MEng Electronic and Computer Engineering |
---|---|
Programme Code | MECEc |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) and Part-time (02) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
To be eligible to graduate with the award of MEng in Electronic and Computer Engineering, candidates must pass 90 credits on this programme, with a minimum of 60 credits at Level 9, with a maximum of 30 credits at Level 8, and including a project of 30 Level 9 credits.
In this programme regulations document, the word “major” means that a substantial proportion of a student’s course of study is taken in a specialized subject area. Students may graduate with an MEng in Electronic and Computer Engineering with a Major in Nanotechnology and Photonics (NTP), or a Major in Internet of Things (IoT), or a Major in Image Processing and Analysis, or a Major in Advanced Data Networks, or a Major in Semiconductor and Plasma Technology or a Major in Future Network Technologies, provided that, in addition to requirements in the above paragraph, (a) they pass a project deemed to be in an area of the Major, (b) they pass 30 credits of taught modules at Level 9 deemed to be in the area of the Major, and (c) they pass all modules deemed to be required modules for the Major. Candidates may be deemed to have met requirements (b) and/or (c) during their undergraduate studies, in which case they are exempt from them. Then, the credits involved may not be used to meet the requirements of the paragraph above.
When calculating a candidate’s precision mark, each 7.5 credit is weighted at 150 points (and pro rata for modules with other than 7.5 credits), the project is weighted at 600 points. If a candidate has passed more than eight modules, then the precision mark is based on all first attempts up to the time where the candidate has attempted 60 taught credits. Subsequent module passes are treated as repeat attempts. The candidate’s first attempt at a project is used when calculating the precision mark. Subsequent project attempts are treated as repeat attempts, irrespective of which project module code the candidate is registered on.
Project work is permitted over the summer months.
Candidates who pass 60 credits at Level 9, may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Electronic and Computer Engineering. Candidates who pass 30 credits at Level 9 may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Electronic and Computer Engineering. These exit awards are made without a Major.
The students who have already passed modules from the current MEng academic structure and have used them as credit for a different qualification, cannot use them towards the MEng, Graduate Diploma or Graduate Certificate. However, the credits can be used to meet the prerequisites of any of the Majors.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
This is a continuous programme. Once a candidate has met the programme requirements they will graduate.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc Computing |
---|---|
Programme Code | MCM/MCMv |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) and Part-time (02) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
To be eligible to graduate with the award of MSc in Computing, candidates must pass 90 credits of modules in this programme, including a 30 credit Level 9 project. In this programme, the word “major” means that a substantial proportion of a student’s course of study is taken in a specialized subject area.
Students may graduate with an MSc in Computing with a Major in one of: Natural Language Processing, Secure Software Engineering, Data Analytics, Artificial Intelligence, FinTech and Technology Innovation or Blockchain and Distributed Ledger Technologies provided that they: (1) pass the project (practicum) deemed to be in the area of the Major, (2) they pass the 30 credits of taught modules at Level 9 deemed to be in the area of the Major and (3) they pass all the modules, which have deemed to be required (core) modules for the Major.
Candidates who pass 60 credits at Level 9 may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Computing. Candidates who pass 30 credits at Level 9 may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Computing. These exit awards are made without a Major.
1.2 Modules and credit weightings
The precision mark is normally defined as the overall weighted average for the first full presentation of marks. Modules are normally weighted proportionately according to their credit value. As there are exceptions on this programme, listed below are the proportional weightings in percentage terms of every module for the calculation of the precision mark.
Module | Module Weighting | Module Percentage contribution |
---|---|---|
All 7.5 Credit | 150 | 80% |
30 credit project | 300 | 20% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Part-time students are allowed to retake failed modules in their second year, unless specific problems with (for example) prerequisites exist. After first year, part time students, who failed modules are allowed to select which modules they will take, subject to the requirement that they must take a minimum of four modules a year and may not carry more than one additional module per semester, and given that the module is offered/examined in that period.
There will be no special timetable arrangements for students who choose to carry failed modules into their second year of study.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Electronic and Computer Technology |
---|---|
Programme Code | MCTY |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) and Part-time (02) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
To be eligible to graduate with the award of MSc in Electronic and Computer Technology, candidates must pass 90 credits on this programme, with a minimum of 60 credits at Level 9, with a maximum of 30 credits at Level 8, and including a project of 15 Level 9 credits.
In this programme regulations document, the word “Major” means that a substantial proportion of a student’s course of study is taken in a specialized subject area. Students may graduate with an MSc in Electronic and Computer Technology with a Major in Internet of Things (IoT) provided that, in addition to requirements in the above paragraph, (a) they pass a project deemed to be in an area of the Major and (b) they pass all modules deemed to be required modules for the Major.
When calculating a candidate’s precision mark, each 7.5 credit module is weighted at 150 points (and pro rata for modules with other than 7.5 credits), the project is weighted at 300 points. If a candidate has passed more than ten taught modules, then the precision mark is based on all first attempts up to the time where the candidate has attempted 75 taught credits. Subsequent module passes are treated as repeat attempts. The candidate’s first attempt at a project is used when calculating the precision mark.
Subsequent project attempts are treated as repeat attempts, irrespective of which project module code the candidate is registered on.
Project work is permitted over the summer months.
Any students who have already passed modules from the current MSc academic structure and have used them as credit for a different qualification, cannot use them towards the MSc or any exit awards.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
This is a continuous programme. Once a candidate has met the programme requirements they will be deemed eligible to graduate.
3.2 Carrying of modules
This is a continuous programme, the carrying of modules does not apply.
3.3 Exit Awards
Candidates who pass 60 credits at Level 9, may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Electronic and Computer Engineering. Candidates who pass 30 credits at Level 9 may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Electronic and Computer Engineering. These exit awards are made without a Major.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules, must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title |
BA in Applied Language and Translation Studies BA in Applied Language and Translation Studies (International) BA in Applied Language and Translation Studies (Professional) |
---|---|
Programme Code | ALTS, ALTSYA, ALTSIN |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Students are not permitted to change language after Semester 1 of Year 1.
1.2 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 3 of the programme undertaken at DCU for all students, including those who take the INTRA or Study Abroad option in Year 4.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Transfer
It will not be possible for any internal or external students to transfer to the ALTS programme in Year 3 from another programme.
3.3 Carrying Modules into the Next Academic Session
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying 5 credits where the following criteria are met:
- 3.3.1 The student will not be permitted in any circumstances to carry more than 5 credits into the following academic year.
- 3.3.2 Modules can only be carried from Years 1 to 2.
- 3.3.3 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in the carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.3.4 This regulation will only apply to non-core language modules, which are not a pre-requisite in the following year and do not require weekly class participation as one of the criterion for assessment, i.e. FR/GE/SP190, GE/SP/JA/ZH191.
- 3.3.5 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year
3.4 ALTS Year Four (Year Abroad) Regulations
- 3.4.1 Students must have successfully completed Year 3 to be able to register for the Year Abroad in Year 4.
- 3.4.2 Where places at a particular University are limited, applicants for the Year Abroad will be ranked on the basis of academic performance, based on their overall precision marks for Year 2. Exceptional circumstances may be taken into account when allocating destinations.
- 3.4.3 Students who do the Year Abroad cannot combine it with the INTRA Internship.
- 3.4.4 The Year Abroad is available after Year 3 only and it is optional. Students who have successfully completed Year 4 abroad in one of our partner universities receive the award of BA in Applied Language and Translation Studies (International) [240 credits].
- 3.4.5 Resits or repeats of failed elements of Year Abroad Coursework normally take place at the partner university. Where this is not possible and/or a student is not in the position to repeat the missing credits in the following academic year, they are eligible for the award of BA in Applied Language and Translation Studies [180 credits].
3.5 ALTS Year 4 (INTRA Internship) Regulations
- 3.5.1 The INTRA internship is available after Year 3 only and it is optional.
- 3.5.2 Students must have successfully completed Year 3 to be able to register for the INTRA in Year 4.
- 3.5.3 Students who do the INTRA internship cannot combine it with the Year Abroad
- 3.5.4 Students must obtain a minimum degree classification of 2.1 in Year 2 in order to be eligible to participate in INTRA. There is no guarantee that any student will be offered a place. Ultimately employers choose the candidates.
- 3.5.5 Students who have successfully completed INTRAreceive the award of BA in Applied Language and Translation Studies (Professional) [240 credits].
- 3.5.6 Should a student fail or fail to complete the INTRA internship, the student will be eligible for the award of BA in Applied Language and Translation Studies [180 credits].
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
FR/GE/SP 130 | French/German/Spanish Language 3 Intermediate |
GE/SP/ ZH 107 | German/Spanish/Chinese Language 1 Beginners |
GE/SP/ZH 108 | German/Spanish/Chinese Language 2 Beginners |
FR 142/SP 1410/GE 1410 | French/German/Spanish Introduction to Translation Practice |
JA 193 | Japanese Language 1 |
JA 194 | Japanese Language 2 |
JA 293 | Japanese Language 3 |
ZH 292 | Chinese Language 3 |
FR 294 | French Language and Culture 2 |
SP 298 | Spanish Language and Culture 1 (Ex Beginner) |
GE 298 | German Language and Culture 1 (Ex Beginner) |
SP 297 | Spanish Language and Culture 2 (Ex Intermediate) |
GE 297 | German Language and Culture 2 (Ex Intermediate) |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BA in Communication Studies |
---|---|
Programme Code | CS |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme-specific rules and requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final-year award classification does not currently include contributions from previous years of study.
From 2024-2025, the calculation of the final-year award classification for all students will include contributions from previous years' results as follows:
Year/Student Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 1 | 10% |
Year 2 | 30% |
1.2 Students Transferring from the Bachelor of Arts: Joint Honours Programme
Students transferring to the programme from the Bachelor of Arts: Joint Honours programme who successfully completed CM157 Cultural Studies are exempted from CM102 Cultural Studies but must take CM158 Ethnographic Study to make up the necessary credits.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying 10 credits, where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in a carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.3 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
CM 30170 | Dissertation 2 - Research Project Delivery |
UM 404 | Uaneen Contributing Module |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BA in Climate and Environmental Sustainability |
---|---|
Programme Code | BCES |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme-specific rules and requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final-year award classification does not currently include contributions from previous years of study.
From 2025-2026, the calculation of the final year award classification for all students will include contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 1 | 0% |
Year 2 | 15%* |
*The final year award classification for students who commenced the BA in Climate and Environmental Sustainability in the academic year 2022-23 and who register for either INTRA or Year Abroad in Year 3 will therefore include the 15% previous element contribution from Year 2. For those students who commenced in the academic year 2022-23 who choose not to register for either INTRA or Year Abroad in Year 3, a previous element contribution in Year 2 will not apply.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying 10 credits, where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in a carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.3 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
3.3 Registration for Year 3
- 3.3.1 In Year 3, students are required to register for ONE of the following:
- Final year of the BA in Climate and Environmental Sustainability
- Year Abroad
- INTRA
- 3.3.2 INTRA and Year Abroad are available only to those students who have been offered either in Year 2.
- 3.3.3 Students cannot apply for both Year Abroad and INTRA.
- 3.3.4 Students require a H2.1 in Year 1 to apply for either INTRA or Year Abroad. Students who source their own INTRA placement do not require a H2.1.
- 3.3.5 Students who REGISTER for INTRA or Year Abroad are not permitted to opt out of that registration and transfer into final year of the BA in Climate and Environmental Sustainability during their first academic session of Year 3.
3.4 Year 3: Regulations for Entry into Year 4
- 3.4.1 Students are normally required to re-sit failed elements of Year 3 coursework at the relevant partner university if they have undertaken Year Abroad in Year 3.
- 3.4.2 Where the relevant partner university does not allow for resits and where students have accumulated a minimum of 50 of the 60 DCU-equivalent credits required for progression into Year 4, the relevant Programme Chair may set resit examinations/assignments to be completed at DCU. The deadlines for such resit examinations/assignments shall be determined by the Programme Board.
- 3.4.3 When resits of Semester 1 modules preclude students from participating in Semester 2 modules, students are still required to pass Semester 1 modules and to accumulate Semester 2 credits by completing modules and/or approved courses as agreed in consultation with the relevant study abroad coordinator and Programme Chair.
- 3.4.4 Students who do not successfully complete a minimum of 60 credits in Year 3 (Year Abroad) will be required by the Programme Board to transfer registration into Year 3 (in DCU) for their repeat academic session of Year 3. This academic session will be regarded as a repeat academic session of Year 3.
- 3.4.5 Students in Year 3 (Year Abroad) will not be granted exemptions in their final year for any module(s) taken while on Study Abroad.
- 3.4.6 Students in Year 3 (Year Abroad) who register for any non-DCU qualification at their host or any other institution while on Year Abroad are not permitted to seek recognition of that qualification, or any element of it, for the purpose of contributing to the credits required for successful completion of their Year Abroad or their final year.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title |
BA in Economics, Politics and Law BA in Economics, Politics and Law (International) |
---|---|
Programme Code | EPL, EPLN, EPLYA |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for Award Classification
- 1.1.1 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 3 (EPL3) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for students in their third and final year.
- 1.1.2 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 4 (EPLYA4) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for all students who take the Study Abroad option in their third year (EPLYA3) and complete Year 4 in the following or subsequent years.
- 1.1.3 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 4 (EPLN4) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for all students who take the INTRA option in their third year (EPLN3) and complete Year 4 in the following or subsequent years.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must normally have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period
3.2 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying up to 10 credits where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in the carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 The student will not be permitted in any circumstances to carry more than 10 credits into the following academic year, this may be 1 x 10 credit module or 2 x 5 credit modules.
- 3.2.3 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.4 Students applying for year abroad are not permitted to carry modules.
- 3.2.5 Students applying for INTRA Year are not permitted to carry modules.
- 3.2.6 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
- 3.2.7 The following modules cannot be carried by students in any circumstances.
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
EF 113 | Introduction to Microeconomics |
EF 114 | Introduction to Macroeconomics |
MS 145 | Mathematics for Economics |
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
3.3 Title of Award
Students who do not successfully complete the Study Abroad option will be awarded the BA in Economics, Politics and Law.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found below:
Programme Title | BA in English and History |
---|---|
Programme Code | BAEH |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage, and the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
- 1.1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification: BA in English and History
For students who have completed at least one post-foundation in or before the 2015-2016 academic year:
- The BA in English and History degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed the twelve modules (180 ECTS credits) in the Literature and History subject streams (exemption of a module is the equivalent of successful completion of a module).
- No compensation is permitted between modules, i.e each module must be passed.
- The classification of the award will be based on the average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the four highest post foundation modules, of which two must be from Literature modules and two must be from History modules.
- Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
1st Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
Third Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
For students who have not completed a post-foundation module in or before the 2015-2016 academic year:
- The BA in English and History degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed the twelve modules (180 ECTS credits) in the Literature and History subject streams (exemption of a module is the equivalent of successful completion of a module).
- No compensation is permitted between modules, i.e each module must be passed. The classification of the award will be based on module marks obtained at the first attempt, based on the following weighting:
-
- One third from the average of the six intermediate level module marks
- Two thirds from the average of the four advanced level module marks
- The weighted average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in post-foundation modules is known as the precision mark. Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
First Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
Third Class Honours | Average mar across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
- 1.1.2 Calculation for the Award Classification: Diploma in English and History
- Students may exit the programme with a Diploma in English and History after successful completion of eight modules (120 ECTS credits).
- The Diploma will be awarded only to those students who wish to terminate their studies on the programme and who apply to be conferred with the award.
- The classification of award will be based on module marks obtained at the first attempt in the four highest post-foundation modules. These post-foundation modules are known as the reckonable modules.
- The average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the post-foundation reckonable modules is known as the precision mark.
- Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours Diploma irrespective of the final marks achieved.
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
First Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
Third Class Honours | Average mar across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Particular modules cannot be taken in combination, and certain modules cannot be taken without another module/other modules having previously been successfully completed (please see the relevant guide for module selection/registration schedule for full details).
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon the successful completion of 120 credits, students may choose to exit with a Diploma in English and History.
See item 1.1 for information on the calculation of the award classification.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary, depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules fall into category 1.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by Continuous Assessment.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Programme Title |
BA Gaeilge agus Iriseoireacht |
Programme Code |
GI |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis |
Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional circumstances and where extenuating circumstances are taken into account after being submitted by the student in line with normal procedure, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress carrying modules up to a maximum of 15 credits from a previous study period, where the following criteria are met:
- i. Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in a carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- ii. In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- iii. Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Academic Structures webpage for this programme.
Programme Title | BA Gaeilge agus Iriseoireacht agus na Meáin Dhigiteacha |
---|---|
Programme Code | GIMD |
Offered on a full-time or a part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress carrying modules up to a maximum of 15 credits from a previous study period, where the following criteria are met:
- i. Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in a carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- ii. In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- iii. Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BA Gnó agus Gaeilge |
---|---|
Programme Code | GG |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress carrying modules up to a maximum of 15 credits from a previous study period, where the following criteria are met:
- i. Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in a carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- ii. In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- iii. Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
FN 336 | INTRA |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BA in Humanities |
---|---|
Programme Code | BA |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
- 1.1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification: BA in Humanities
For BA in Humanities students who have completed at least one post-foundation in or before the 2015-2016 academic year:
- The BA in Humanities degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed twelve modules (180 ECTS credits):
-
- of which at least two modules and not more than four should be at foundation level;
-
- four post-foundation modules should be in one subject passed at foundation level;
-
- other post-foundation modules may be in another subject, or in a combination of subjects passed at foundation level (exemption from a module is the equivalent of successful completion of a module, non-specific foundation module exemption is the equivalent of having completed a foundation module);
- The classification of award will be based on module marks obtained at the first attempt in the four highest post-foundation modules, of which no more than three may be in one subject. These post-foundation modules are known as the reckonable modules.
- The average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the post-foundation reckonable modules is known as the precision mark.
- Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
1st Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
Third Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
For BA in Humanities students who have not completed a post-foundation module in or before the 2015-2016 academic year:
- The BA in Humanities degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed twelve modules (180 ECTS credits):
-
- of which at least two modules and not more than four should be at foundation level;
-
- four post-foundation modules should be in one subject passed at foundation level;
-
- other post-foundation modules may be in another subject, or in a combination of subjects passed at foundation level (exemption from a module is the equivalent of successful completion of a module, non-specific foundation module exemption is the equivalent of having completed a foundation module);
-
- two modules must be at advanced level.
- The classification of award will be based on module marks obtained at the first attempt in the eight highest post-foundation modules. These post-foundation modules are known as the reckonable modules.
- The average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the post-foundation reckonable modules is known as the precision mark.
- Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
1st Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
Third Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
1.1.2 Calculation for the Award Classification: Diploma in Humanities
- Students may exit the programme with a Diploma in Humanities after successful completion of eight modules (120 ECTS credits), of which at least two modules and not more than four should be at foundation level;
- The Diploma will be awarded only to those students who wish to terminate their studies on the programme and who apply to be conferred with the award.
- The classification of award will be based on module marks obtained at the first attempt in the four highest post-foundation modules. These post-foundation modules are known as the reckonable modules.
- The average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the post-foundation reckonable modules is known as the precision mark.
- Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours Diploma irrespective of the final marks achieved.
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
1st Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
Third Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
As the programme is continuous, there is no annual progression. The maximum number of modules a student may register for in one academic year is 4 modules.
Particular modules cannot be taken in combination, and certain modules cannot be taken without another module/other modules having previously been successfully completed (please see the relevant guide for module selection/registration schedule for full details).
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon the successful completion of 120 credits, students may choose to exit with a Diploma in Humanities.
Upon the successful completion of 180 credits, students may choose to exit with a BA in Humanities.
See item 1.1 for information on the calculation of the award classification.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules fall into category 1.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by Continuous Assessment.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Programme Title |
BA in International Relations BA in International Relations (Exchange) |
---|---|
Programme Code | IR, IRN, IRYA |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
- 1.1.1 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 3 (IR3) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for students in their third and final year.
- 1.1.2 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 4 (IRYA4) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for all students who take the Study Abroad option in their third year (IRYA3) and complete Year 4 in the following or subsequent years.
- 1.1.3 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 4 (IRN4) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for all students who take the INTRA option in their third year (IRN3) and complete Year 4 in the following or subsequent years.
1.2 Entry Requirements for Languages Stream
Students who wish to register for the Languages Stream must have achieved the following Leaving Certificate grade or equivalent in the language for which they wish to register.
- Minimum of H4 in French if they wish to register for Intermediate French
- Minimum of H4 in German if they wish to register for Intermediate German
- Minimum of H4 in Spanish if they wish to register for Intermediate Spanish
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must normally have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying up to 10 credits where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in the carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 The student will not be permitted in any circumstances to carry more than 10 credits into the following academic year, this may be 1 x 10 credit module or 2 x 5 credit modules.
- 3.2.3 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.4 Students applying for year abroad are not permitted to carry modules.
- 3.2.5 Students applying for INTRA Year are not permitted to carry modules.
- 3.2.6 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
3.3 Title of Award
Students who do not successfully complete the Study Abroad option will be awarded the BA in International Relations.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BA in Jazz and Contemporary Music Performance |
---|---|
Programme Code | JZCM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must successfully have completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title |
Bachelor of Arts: Joint Honours Bachelor of Arts: Joint Honours (International) |
---|---|
Programme Code |
BAJN, BAJM, BAJL, BAJI, BAJP, BAJHN, BAJMN, BAJLN, BAJIN, BAJPN BAJHI, BAJMI, BAJLI, BAJII, BAJPI |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Creative Writing
Students are permitted to register for only one Creative Writing module per academic year either EL2070, or EL207 in second year, or either EL324 or EL3240 in third or fourth year.
1.2 Changing Subjects
Students wishing to change subject after Year 1 Semester 1 on all streams of the Bachelor of Arts: Joint Honours should seek the approval of the Programme Chair before the end of the Semester 2 teaching weeks of Year 1. Such students should complete and pass Year 1 at the first sitting and will be required to repeat Year 1 in order to complete all necessary modules in the new subject. Students should familiarise themselves with implications regarding fees for a repeat Year 1 and with implications for maximum registration periods. No subject changes are permitted for students who already have registered in Year 2 or above.
1.3 Credits in Each Subject
Students are required to register for a minimum of 30 credits in each of their chosen subjects in each academic year with the exception of those choosing to do the Study Abroad or INTRA programme.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must normally have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students progressing to Year 3 of the programme are not usually permitted to carry any modules. Under very exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to Year 2 of study carrying only one module (of up to 7.5 credits), where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in a carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 The modules(s) being carried forward are not non-compensatable Language module(s).
- 3.2.3 The module(s) is not being carried forward into Study Abroad Year 3.
- 3.2.4 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.5 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
3.3 Registration for Year 3
In Year 3, students are required to register for EITHER Year 3 (in DCU) for the award of Bachelor of Arts: Joint Honours, Year 3 Bachelor of Arts: Joint Honours Study Abroad OR Year 3 (INTRA).
INTRA is available only to those students who have been offered it in Year 2. Students require a H2.1 to apply for INTRA organised by DCU. Students who source their own INTRA placement do not require a H2.1.
Students who REGISTER for Year 3 (INTRA) or Year 3 Bachelor of Arts: Joint Honours Study Abroad are not permitted to opt out of that registration and transfer into Year 3 (DCU) during their first academic session of Year 3.
3.4 Year 3: Regulations for Entry into Year 4
- 3.4.1 Students are normally required to resit failed elements of Year 3 coursework at the relevant partner university.
- 3.4.2 Where the relevant partner university does not allow for resits and where students have accumulated a minimum of 50 of the required 60 DCU-equivalent credits required for progression into Year 4, the relevant Subject Representative in conjunction with the Programme Chair, may set resit examinations/assignments to be completed at DCU. The deadlines for such resit examinations/assignments shall be determined by the Programme Board.
- 3.4.3 When resits of Semester 1 modules preclude students from participating in Semester 2 modules, students are still required to pass Semester 1 modules and to accumulate Semester 2 credits by completing modules and/or approved courses as agreed in consultation with the relevant study abroad coordinator and Programme Chair.
- 3.4.4 Students who do not successfully complete a minimum of 60 credits in Year 3 (Study Abroad) will be required by the Programme Board to transfer registration into Year 3 (in DCU) for their repeat academic session of Year 3. Such students are not eligible for the award of BA (International). This academic session will be regarded as a repeat academic session of Year 3, which will have an impact on fees.
- 3.4.5 Students in Year 3 (Study Abroad) will not be granted exemptions in their final year for any module(s) taken while on Study Abroad.
- 3.4.6 Students in Year 3 (Study Abroad) who register for any non-DCU qualification at their host or any other institution while on Study Abroad are not permitted to seek recognition of that qualification, or any element of it, for the purpose of contributing to the credits required for successful completion of their Study Abroad Year or their final year.
- 3.4.7 The precision mark achieved by students in Year 3 will be the mark used for calculation of their final grade if they choose to study abroad in Year 4
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
FN 350 | Cúrsa Teanga 3 |
FN 370 | Scileanna Teanga: Cumarsáid Dhigiteach agus Eagar |
FR 130 | French Language 3 (Intermediate) |
FR 140 | French Language 4 (Intermediate) |
FR 294 | French Language and Culture 2 |
GE 130 | German Language 3 (Intermediate) |
GE 140 | German Language 4 (Intermediate) |
GE 297 | German Language and Culture 2 |
HSS 303 | Year Abroad (Joint Honours) |
HSS 304 | Year Abroad (Joint Honours) |
HSS 305 | INTRA |
LC 302 | Year Abroad |
LC 306 | Career Development Module |
LC 307 | Year Abroad Coursework |
LC 303 | Year Abroad Coursework |
LC 312 | Year Abroad Coursework |
LC 316 | Year Abroad Portfolio |
MC 101 | Composition, Theory and Applied Techniques 1 |
MC 102 | Composition, Theory and Applied Techniques 2 |
MC 105 | Performance/Participation in Music 1 |
MC 201 | Composition, Theory and Applied Techniques 3 |
MC 202 | Composition, Theory and Applied Techniques 4 |
MC 205 | Performance/Participation in Music 2 |
MC 301 | Composition, Theory and Applied Techniques 5 |
MC 302 | Composition, Theory and Applied Techniques 6 |
MC 305 | Performance/Participation in Music 3 |
SP 130 | Spanish Language 3 (Intermediate) |
SP 140 | Spanish Language 4 (Intermediate) |
SP 297 | Spanish Language and Culture 2 |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BA in Journalism |
---|---|
Programme Code | JR |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme-specific rules and requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final-year award classification does not currently include contributions from previous years of study.
From 2024-2025, the calculation of the final-year award classification for all students will include contributions from previous years' results as follows:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 1 | 10% |
Year 2 | 30% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session.
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying 10 credits, where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in a carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.3 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
CM 114 | Introduction to News Writing & Reporting |
CM 116 | Reporting & Mobile Journalism |
CM 368 | Newsdays |
CM 372 | INTRA |
CM 30150 | Project/Dissertation |
UM 404 | Uaneen Contributing Module |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BA Single Module Programme |
---|---|
Programme Code | BASM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage and in the Course Handbook.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
BA Single Module students take individual modules for personal enjoyment or for continual professional development (CPD) purposes without necessarily completing an award. However, students on this programme may choose to accrue credits to obtain the award of either BA in Humanities (180 credits) or Diploma in Humanities (120 credits) within the maximum registration period as defined by Marks and Standards.
1.1.2 Calculation for the Award Classification: BA in Humanities
The BA in Humanities degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed twelve modules (180 ECTS credits):
- of which at least two modules and not more than four should be at foundation level;
- four post-foundation modules should be in one subject passed at foundation level;
- other post-foundation modules may be in another subject, or in a combination of subjects passed at foundation level (exemption from a module is the equivalent of successful completion of a module, non-specific foundation module exemption is the equivalent of having completed a foundation module);
- two modules must be at advanced level;
The classification of award will be based on module marks obtained at the first attempt in the eight highest post-foundation modules. These post-foundation modules are known as the reckonable modules.
The average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the post-foundation reckonable modules is known as the precision mark.
Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
1st Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
Third Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
1.1.3 Calculation for the Award Classification: Diploma in Humanities
- Students may exit the programme with a Diploma in Humanities after successful completion of eight modules (120 ECTS credits), of which at least two modules and not more than four should be at foundation level;
- The Diploma will be awarded only to those students who wish to terminate their studies on the programme and who apply to be conferred with the award.
- The classification of award will be based on module marks obtained at the first attempt in the four highest post-foundation modules. These post-foundation modules are known as the reckonable modules.
- The average of the module marks obtained at the first attempt in the post-foundation reckonable modules is known as the precision mark.
- Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours Diploma irrespective of the final marks achieved.
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
1st Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
Second Class Honours, Grade II | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
Third Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
As the programme is continuous, there is no annual progression. The maximum number of modules a student may register for in one academic year is 4 modules.
Particular modules cannot be taken in combination, however, and certain modules cannot be taken without another module or other modules having previously been successfully completed (please see the relevant guide for module selection/registration schedule for full details).
3.2 Exit Awards
BA Single Module students take individual modules for personal enjoyment or for continual professional development (CPD) purposes without necessarily completing an award. However, students on this programme may choose to pursue the following awards – see item 1.1 for information on the calculation of the award classification.
Upon the successful completion of 120 credits, students may choose to exit with a Diploma in Humanities.
Upon the successful completion of 180 credits, students may choose to exit with a BA in Humanities.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules fall into category 1.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by Continuous Assessment
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Programme Title |
BA in Social Sciences and Cultural Innovation BA in Social Sciences and Cultural Innovation (International) |
---|---|
Programme Code | BSSCI / BSSCIN / BSSCII |
Offered on a full-time or a part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation for the award classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 4 of the programme undertaken at DCU for all students who take the Year Abroad or INTRA option in their third year .
1.2. It will not be possible for any internal students to transfer to the BSSCI programme in Year 3 from another programme.
1.3 Year Abroad
Application Regulations
- 1.3.1 The Year Abroad option is available after Year 2 only.
- 1.3.2 Where places are limited, applicants for the Year Abroad are ranked on the basis of academic performance, whereby a weighted combination of precision marks from Year 1 and Semester 1 of Year 2 shall be used to determine choice ranking. In certain cases exceptional circumstances may be taken into account when allocating destinations.
- 1.3.3 Students should have passed (except for extenuating circumstances or postponement) all their Semester 1 modules in Year 2 with a minimum classification of second class honours grade 2 before they apply for Year Abroad
- 1.3.4 Students must have passed all Year 2 modules before being allowed to register for Year Abroad. Students carrying modules into Year 3 are not permitted to register for Year Abroad.
- 1.3.5 Applications are processed by the Year Abroad coordinator and the DCU Global office , and the Programme Board shall be guided by him/her in relation to the number of available places and the ranking of applicants. Decisions of the Programme Board are final and binding.
Registration Regulations
- 1.3.6 Students taking the Year Abroad are required to sign a Learning Agreement that outlines the modules being taken at the host institution. Students are required to consult their Year Abroad coordinator when preparing their learning agreement and update it as needed during the year abroad.
- 1.3.7 Students must pass a minimum of 60 credits in order to pass the Year Abroad. These credits should be from modules which relate to the BSSCI programme, and should not be duplicates of modules which the student has already completed in Year 1 or 2 of the programme.
- 1.3.8 Where 60 credits have not been secured, students are required to resit failed elements of the Year Abroad coursework at the relevant partner institution.
- 1.3.9 Where the relevant partner university does not allow for resits and where students have accumulated a minimum of 50 of the 60 DCU-equivalent credits required for progression into Year 4, the relevant Head of School in conjunction with the programme Chair may set resit assessments to be completed at DCU. The deadlines for such resit assessments shall be determined by the Programme Board or Standing Committee.
- 1.3.10 Students who fail the Year Abroad in Year 3 and who do not wish to engage in resits, or who do not wish to repeat the Year Abroad, must apply to transfer to the non-international strand of the degree (Year 3 in DCU). As this constitutes a repeat year, there are significant fee implications with students being liable for full fees. This issue is not overseen by the Programme Board or Programme Chair, and is dealt with and controlled by the DCU Fee Offices.
Information regarding host institutions students can study at while on Year Abroad
- 1.3.11 The Year Abroad is organised through the DCU Global office in conjunction with the Year Abroad Coordinator and the Programme Chairperson. Information sessions will be held in winter 2023 and/or spring 2024, at which the relevant information will be made available to those interested in applying for the Year Abroad.
- 1.3.12 While efforts are made to accommodate students with their preferences for host institution, the Year Abroad Coordinator, Programme Chair, and the DCU Global Office must operate within specific predetermined constraints.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Under exceptional documented circumstances and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying up to 10 credits where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1. Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in the carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 The student will not be permitted in any circumstances to carry more than 10 credits into the following academic year.
- 3.2.3 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.4 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following.
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
CA 179 | Data Literacy and Analytics |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BA in Theology and Religious Studies |
---|---|
Programme Code | BATRS |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time Continuous |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
As the programme is continuous, there is no annual progression. Students must normally complete a minimum of 37.5 credits in an academic session.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Certificate in Theology and Religious Studies, as indicated in the academic structure.
Upon successful completion of 120 credits, students may exit with a Diploma in Theology and Religious Studies, as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title |
BCL (Law and Society) BCL (Clinical) BCL (International) |
---|---|
Programme Code | BCL, BCLN, BCLYA |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time (01) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for Award Classification
- 1.1.1 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 3 (BCL3) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for students in their third and final year.
- 1.1.2 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 4 (BLCYA4) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for all students who take the Study Abroad option in their third year (BCLYA3) and complete Year 4 in the following or subsequent years.
- 1.1.3 The calculation for the Award Classification will be based on the precision mark achieved in Year 4 (BCLN4) of the Programme undertaken at DCU for all students who took the INTRA option in their third year (BCLN3) and complete Year 4 in the following or subsequent years.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying up to 10 credits where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in the carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 The student will not be permitted in any circumstances to carry more than 10 credits into the following academic year, this may be 1 x 10 credit module or 2 x 5 credit modules.
- 3.2.3 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.4 Students applying for year abroad are not permitted to carry modules.
- 3.2.5 Students applying for intra year are not permitted to carry modules.
- 3.2.6 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BSc in Multimedia |
---|---|
Programme Code | MMA |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme-specific rules and requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final-year award classification does not currently include contributions from previous years of study.
From 2024-2025, the calculation of the final-year award classification for all students will include contributions from previous years' results as follows:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 1 | 10% |
Year 2 | 40% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of the Progression and Award Board, students may be permitted to progress to the next year of study carrying 10 credits, where the following criteria are met:
- 3.2.1 Should constraints prevent a student’s participation in a carried module, the Programme Chair may allocate an alternative module or restrict the student’s choice of optional modules.
- 3.2.2 In line with university regulations, a student will not be permitted to register for more than 75 credits in any one academic session / year.
- 3.2.3 Module(s) that have already been carried forward, cannot be carried forward into a further academic year.
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
CM 377 | Major Project: Group Production |
UM 404 | Uaneen Contributing Module |
5. Resit categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Joint Academic Regulations
Programme shared between the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences and the Faculty of Engineering and Computing.
Programme Title | European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence |
---|---|
Programme Code | EMLDAI |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
The degree of European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence (EMLDAI) is offered jointly by Dublin City University (DCU) — the ‘Coordinating University’ — Avignon Université (AU), Universidad de León (ULE) and Università di Pisa (UNIPI) — the ‘Partner Universities’. The EMLDAI degree is awarded by the Coordinating University jointly with the Partner University/ies involved in the delivery of the particular study stream and track (see section 2 below).
The degree received funding from the EU Commission under the Erasmus+ Programme (Key Action 2: Erasmus Mundus Joint Masters) for the academic years 2022-2027.
The EMLDAI Joint Academic Programme Regulations are promulgated by Dublin City University, and have been created in collaboration with the Partner Universities. The programme regulations outlined in this document apply to all taught module components at DCU, and to the governance of the programme over all.
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Principles
1.1 Principles for Module Delivery and Assessment
Each Partner University is responsible for the assessment and delivery of the modules it teaches onto the programme, according to its respective institutional regulations and requirements. The results of modules delivered by Avignon Université, Universidad de León and Universitá di Pisa are transferred to DCU and converted into equivalent DCU grades as per the assessment grade conversion table outlined in Annex 6 of the EMLDAI Partnership Agreement and in Appendix 1 of these programme regulations.
1.2 Principles for Programme Assessment
DCU Marks and Standards (‘M&S’) apply in relation to the governance of the programme at award level, unless otherwise specified in these Joint Academic Regulations.
2. Mobility Periods
2.1 Year 1
Students spend Year 1 of the programme at DCU. Students are admitted to the programme to one of its two study streams - a Law Stream or a Computing Stream -, and, within each study stream, to one of two study tracks - a Data Governance Track or a Cybersecurity Track.
Students must select their stream and track at the point of application to the programme. The choice of the study stream and track is definitive and cannot be revisited at a later stage.
2.2 Year 2
In Year 2, students follow a Data Governance Track, offered in AU, or a Cybersecurity Track, offered in ULE.
Students on the Law stream spend Semester 1 of Year 2 in either AU or ULE, according to their chosen track, and spend Semester 2 in UNIPI.
Students on the Computing stream spend the entirety of Year 2 in either AU or ULE, according to their chosen track, i.e. both Semesters 1 and 2 in the same institution.
3. Module Values
3.1 Module Weightings
All modules on this programme are weighted proportionately, according to their ECTS credit value.
3.2 Module Pass Mark
The minimum mark required for a pass in a DCU module on this programme is 40%.
4. Progression
4.1 Definition
Progression is defined in DCU Marks and Standards as the permission granted to a student to register in the subsequent academic session for the next diet of modules within his/her programme of study. See M&S item 7.1.1.
4.2 Credits for progression
Students must complete a minimum of 60 credits (all components) in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2. Where a student has not successfully completed a module or modules in Year 1 at DCU, they may be allowed to carry the module or modules into Year 2, if they have documented extenuating circumstances (see item 4.3 below).
4.3 Carrying of modules
Under exceptional circumstances, and subject to the approval of an Examination Review Committee or Progression and Award Board, as appropriate, at DCU at the end of Year 1, a student may be permitted to progress to Year 2 where the following criteria are met:
- 4.3.1 The student must have documented extenuating circumstances. Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
- 4.3.2 The student will not be permitted to carry more than 10 credits into Year 2.
- 4.3.3 The student must complete the module assessment remotely.
- 4.3.4 The student must retake all the assessment components of the module; component marks from previous attempts are not carried forward.
- 4.3.5 The assessment must be completed within the normal DCU timelines for the submission of assessment, as outlined in the DCU Academic Calendar.
5. Awards
5.1 Calculation of the Award Classification
For the award of European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence, a student must complete modules corresponding to 120 ECTS credits (60 credits in Year 1 and 60 credits in Year 2).
The grade of classification for the degree award is determined by the precision mark, which is calculated as the overall average weighted mark based on the first full presentation of marks achieved in Year 1 at DCU, and the final marks of the modules offered in Year 2 at the Partner Universities, as converted and approved by the Joint Progression and Award Board. This provision represents a derogation from M&S item 7.1.4.
The award of European Master in Law, Data and Artificial Intelligence will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.4.2:
Precision Mark | Award |
---|---|
Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
5.2 Exit Awards
In exceptional cases, students may request to exit the programme with a lesser or alternative award. Where a student requests to exit the programme with a lesser or alternative award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained.
- 5.2.1 For the DCU award of MA in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must accumulate 90 credits: 60 credits of taught modules from Year 1 of the EMLDAI programme at DCU and a 30-credit thesis/practicum. This 30-credit thesis/practicum will be co-ordinated and supervised by DCU. The DCU award of MA in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.4.2:
Precision Mark | Award |
---|---|
Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
-
5.2.2 For the award of the DCU Graduate Diploma in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must successfully complete 60 credits of taught modules in Year 1 of the programme at DCU with a condition that at least 10 credits come from a taught Law module and 10 credits from a taught Computing module. The DCU award of Graduate Diploma in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.5.2:
Precision Mark | Award |
Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
-
5.2.3 For the award of the DCU Graduate Certificate in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must successfully complete 30 credits of taught modules in Year 1 of the programme at DCU with a condition that at least 10 credits come from a taught Law module and 10 credits from a taught Computing module. The DCU award of Graduate Certificate in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing will be awarded according to the following classifications. See M&S item 8.5.2:
Precision Mark | Award |
---|---|
Greater than or equal to 70% | First Class Honours |
Between 60% and 69%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade I |
Between 50% and 59%, inclusive | Second Class Honours, Grade II |
Between 40% and 49%, inclusive | Third Class Honours |
6. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on this programme, except in relation to modules offered by Avignon Université and subject to the regulations of Avignon Université. The EMLDAI Joint Progression and Award Board will not take decisions in relation to compensation at programme level.
7. Resit Categories
DCU Marks and Standards define a resit as another opportunity within an academic session for students to demonstrate that they have achieved the learning outcomes associated with a module.
In accordance with Item 1.1 of these joint academic regulations, the offering of resit opportunities and the assessment of resits assessments for a given module will comply with the institutional requirements and regulations of the Partner University responsible for the delivery of the module in question.
At DCU, a resit is normally triggered by a postponement or a module mark of less than 40%. It does not require that a student resit all the assessment components of the module; passed assessment component marks are carried forward. The resit assessment does not have to be identical to the original assessment.
At DCU, the resits offered for the August examinations diet vary, depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories at DCU. All DCU modules on this programme except those specified below fall into category 1.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by continuous assessment.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
CA 682D | Data Management and Visualisation |
8. Repeat Arrangements
A repeat option is not available on the EMLDAI programme except where documented extenuating circumstances apply and subject to the approval of the Joint Progression and Award Board. This provision represents a derogation of M&S item 7.2.4.
9. Appeals
If a student wishes to appeal the result of a module, they must follow the appeals procedures in the Partner University in which the module is delivered. An appeal against an academic decision of the Joint Progression and Award Board must be submitted according to the timelines and procedures of DCU.
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scales
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scale - AU > DCU
ECTS | AU | DCU |
---|---|---|
A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 20 | 80 |
A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 19 | 78 |
A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 18 | 75 |
A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 17 | 73 |
A (Weak A, 90 - 94%) Excellent) | 16 | 70 |
B (Strong B, 86 - 90%) Very Good | 15 | 68 |
B (Weak B, 81 - 85%) Very Good | 14 | 65 |
C (Strong C, 76 - 80%) Good | 13 | 63 |
C (Weak C, 71 - 75%) Good | 12 | 60 |
D (61 - 70%) Satisfactory | 11 | 55 |
E (50 - 60%) Sufficient | 10 | 45 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 9 | 38 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 8 | 35 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 7 | 33 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 6 | 60 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 5 | 28 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 4 | 25 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 3 | 23 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 2 | 20 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 1 | 10 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 0 | 0 |
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scale - ULE > DCU
ECTS | ULE | DCU |
---|---|---|
A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 10 | 73 |
A (Weak A, 90 - 94%) Excellent | 9 | 70 |
B (81 - 90%) Very Good | 8 | 68 |
C (71 - 80%) Good | 7 | 63 |
D (61 - 70%) Satisfactory | 6 | 55 |
E (50 - 60%) Sufficient | 5 | 45 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 4 | 35 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 3 | 25 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 2 | 15 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 1 | 5 |
FX (<50%) Fail | 0 | 0 |
EMLDAI Grade Conversion Scale - UNIPI > DCU
ECTS | UNIPI | DCU |
---|---|---|
A (Strong A, 95 - 100%) Excellent | 30 e lode | 73 |
A (Weak A, 90 - 94%) Excellent | 30 | 70 |
B (Strong B, 86 - 90%) Very Good | 29 | 68 |
B (Strong B, 86 - 90%) Very Good | 28 | 65 |
B (Weak B, 81 - 85%) Very Good | 27 | 63 |
B (Weak B, 81 - 85%) Very Good | 26 | 60 |
C (Strong C, 76 - 80%) Good | 25 | 58 |
C (Strong C, 76 - 80%) Good | 24 | 55 |
C (Weak C, 71 - 75%) Good | 23 | 53 |
C (Weak C, 71 - 75%) Good | 22 | 50 |
D (Strong D, 66 - 70%) Satisfactory | 21 | 48 |
D (Weak D, 61 - 65%) Satisfactory | 20 | 45 |
E (Strong E, 57 - 60%) Sufficient | 19 | 43 |
E (Weak E, 50 - 53%) Sufficient | 18 | 40 |
FX (<50%) Fail | Fail | 30 |
Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Climate Change |
---|---|
Programme Code | GCCD |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Graduate Certificate in Public Policy* |
---|---|
Programme Code | GCPPS |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
* This programme is offered as part of the Springboard+ initiative
Programme Title | International Master in Security, Intelligence and Strategic Studies |
---|---|
Programme Code | IMSISS |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
The Degree of International Master in Security, Intelligence and Strategic Studies (IMSISS) is offered jointly by the University of Glasgow, Charles University, Prague, and Dublin City University, Ireland or the University of Trento, Italy (the ‘Partner Institutions’). From 2020-2021, students will be admitted to one of two study tracks: Track A is offered by the University of Glasgow, Charles University, Prague, and Dublin City University, while Track B is offered by the University of Glasgow, Charles University, Prague, and the University of Trento. The IMSISS Joint Academic Regulations in Appendix B are those promulgated by the University of Glasgow, the Coordinating Institution, which have been created in collaboration with the Partner Institutions. The programme regulations outlined in this document apply to all taught module components at DCU, and are complementary to the IMSISS Joint Academic Regulations.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
In order to qualify for the award of the degree a candidate must complete a minimum of 120 ECTS equivalent including 90 ECTS of taught courses and a 30 ECTS research portfolio. DCU’s recorded grades—in conjunction with Marks and Standards—will be converted to University of Glasgow’s grading scale, as per the Grade Conversion Table (see Appendix A).
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
2.1
Marks and Standards in respect of individual DCU taught modules apply.
2.2
A repeat option is not available on the IMSISS programme except where documented extenuating circumstances apply as confirmed by the Programme Board. For information on progression, see section 3.
3. Progression
3.1
Progression, as defined in DCU Marks and Standards, is automatic on this programme. Students will progress from Year 1 to Year 2 irrespective of the module results they achieve in Year 1 at DCU, to facilitate their participation in the third mobility period of the programme at Charles University, Prague, in Semester 1 of Year 2. Where a student has not successfully completed a module or modules in Year 1 at DCU, they may be allowed to carry the module into Year 2 if they have documented extenuating circumstances.
Marks and Standards, v2023.1: “Progression is defined as the permission granted to a student to register in the subsequent academic session for the next diet of modules within his/her programme of study.”
3.2
Progression, as outlined in item 3.3 and in Appendix B, item 6.1 of these regulations, refers to the decision of the Joint Progress Board as to whether a student is of suitable academic standing to undertake a dissertation or equivalent piece of independent research. Progression, by this definition, is not considered until after the third mobility period, i.e. after Semester 1 of Year 2.
The Joint Progress Board monitors and oversees the progress of students through the programme and draws on the same membership as the Joint Board of Examiners. The membership of the Joint Board of Examiners is defined in the relevant Consortium Agreement.
3.3
In line with the progression regulations of the Coordinating Institution, the University of Glasgow (Appendix B, item 6.1), a candidate will be permitted to progress to preparation of the dissertation only if he or she has obtained an average of 50% or above in the taught modules with at least 75% of the credits at 40% or better and all credits at 10% or above. The Programme Guide may specify a module or modules in respect of which a specific grade is a minimum requirement of progression.
3.4 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 ECTS of taught modules, students may exit with a Postgraduate Certificate in Global Security. Upon completion of 60 ECTS of taught modules, students may exit with a Postgraduate Diploma in Global Security. Students may also transfer to the University of Glasgow’s MSc in Global Security after year one of IMSISS, where they will have the opportunity to complete 90 credits (60 ECTS taught modules + 30 ECTS dissertation for the award of MSc in Global Security). Early exit awards will be awarded solely by the University of Glasgow and will recognise modules provided by Dublin City University on an exchange basis.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply in respect of DCU taught modules.
5. Resit Categories
All modules offered by DCU satisfy the requirements of Resit Category 1
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
6. Resit Arrangements
Students who are required to resit assessment components for DCU modules must do so within the normal DCU timelines as outlined in the DCU Academic Calendar, i.e. during the summer of Year 1. Students who have been permitted to progress to Year 2 carrying a DCU module or modules, as outlined in item 3.1 of these regulations, may only avail of one attempt to complete the module or modules in question in Year 2, i.e. a resit opportunity will not be available in Year 2 for a carried module (see Appendix B, item 5.1).
7. Regulations, Policies and Guidelines
DCU regulations, policies and guidelines are applicable to all modules delivered in DCU
IMISS Grade Conversion Table
ECTS/Percentage scale | UoG | CU | DCU |
---|---|---|---|
A (top results, 99-100% exceptionally strong performance during entire semester) Excellent |
22 (A1) Excellent |
A (99-100) |
80-100 |
A (above average A, 97-98%) Excellent |
21 (A2) Excellent |
A (97-98) |
77-79 |
A (average A, 95-96%) Excellent |
20 (A3) Excellent |
A (95-96) |
74-76 |
A (weak A, 93-94%) Excellent |
19 (A4) Excellent |
A (93-94) |
72-73 |
A (weakest A, 91-92%) Excellent |
18 (A5) Excellent |
A (91-92) |
70-71 |
B (strong B, 86-90%) Very Good |
17 (B1) Very Good |
B (86-90) |
67-69 |
B (weak B, 81-85%) Very Good |
16 (B2) Very Good |
B (81-85) |
64-66 |
C (strong C, 76-80%) Good |
15 (B3) Very Good |
C (76-80) |
60-63 |
C (weak C, 71-75%) Good |
14 (C1) Good |
C (71-75) |
57-59 |
D (strong D, 66-70%) Satisfactory |
13 (C2) Good |
D (66-70) |
54-56 |
D (weak D, 61-65%) Satisfactory |
12 (C3) Good |
D (61-65) |
50-53 |
E (strong E, 57-60%) Sufficient – meets minimum criteria for award of credits |
11 (D1) Satisfactory |
E (57-60) |
47-49 |
E (average E, 54-56%) Sufficient – meets minimum criteria for award of credits |
10 (D2) Satisfactory |
E (54-56) |
44-46 |
E (weak E, 51-53%) Sufficient – meets minimum criteria for award of credits |
9 (D3) Satisfactory |
E (51-53) |
40-43 |
FX (strong FX, 47-50%) Fail – some work required before credit can be awarded |
8 (E1) Weak |
F (0-50) |
35-39 |
FX (average FX, 44-46%) Fail – some work required before credit can be awarded |
7 (E2) Weak |
- |
30-34 |
FX (weak FX, 40-43%) Fail – some work required before credit can be awarded |
6 (E3) Weak |
- |
25-29 |
F (strong F, 37-39%) Fail – considerable work required before credit can be awarded |
5 (F1) Poor |
- |
20-24 |
F (average FX, 34-36%) Fail – considerable work required before credit can be awarded |
4 (F2) Poor |
- |
15-19 |
F (weak FX, 30-33%) Fail – considerable work required before credit can be awarded |
3 (F3) Poor |
- |
10-14 |
F (zero percent) |
2 (G1) Very poor |
- |
7-9 |
F (zero percent) |
1 (G2) Very poor |
- |
4-6 |
F (zero percent) |
0 (N) |
- |
1-3 |
Resolution 679
INTERNATIONAL MASTER in SECURITY, INTELLIGENCE AND STRATEGIC STUDIES
The Degree of International Master in Security, Intelligence and Strategic Studies is offered jointly by the University of Glasgow, Charles University, Prague, and Dublin City University, Ireland or the University of Trento, Italy (the ‘Partner Institutions’). The regulations are those promulgated by the University of Glasgow, the coordinating institution.
RESOLUTION
The Degree of International Master in Security, Intelligence and Strategic Studies is governed by Resolution No. 679 of the University Court with provision that:
-
The Degree of International Master (IM/IntM/Mgr./LM52) may be awarded jointly by the Senate of the University of Glasgow in the College of Social Sciences and by Charles University, Prague, and Dublin City University, Ireland or the University of Trento, Italy. The award abbreviation IM/IntM/Mgr. refers to the award for students who take the DCU pathway (“Track A”), IntM/Mgr./LM52 refers to the award granted to students who complete the University of Trento pathway (“Track B”). Graduates will only be conferred with the award appropriate to the pathway taken.
-
The Senate may make regulations governing the award of the Degree which are subject to the approval of the University Court - these are set out in the section entitled ‘Regulations’ below.
REGULATIONS
A student admitted onto the programme must follow the instructions issued by the relevant School and be aware of the content of the Programme Specification and the Programme Document (often referred to as the Programme or ‘Course’ Guide) which will contain further details on the Programme and may include further requirements associated with the award.
-
Admission
Before being considered for admission to study for an award to which these Regulations apply, a candidate must normally have obtained a degree or equivalent.
-
Duration of Study
The minimum period of study for the award of the degree is 24 calendar months. The maximum period for full-time study is 48 calendar months of registered study.
-
Programme Components
In order to qualify for the award of the degree a candidate must complete a minimum of 240 credits [120 ECTS equivalent] including taught courses and a 60 credit [30 ECTS] research portfolio. In compliance with the Scottish Credit and Qualification Framework for a Masters Degree 150 credits must be gained from Masters level courses (level M/SCQF level 11). 20 SCQF credits equals 10 ECTS.
-
Minimum Requirement for the Award of Credits
Credits for courses contributing to a candidate’s curriculum shall be awarded subject to the fulfilment of required conditions. The minimum requirements for the award of credits are set out in the Code of Assessment at §16.40 – §16.44 in the ‘University Fees and General Information for Students’ section of the University Regulations.
-
Assessment
5.1 For each academic session, assessment and reassessment are, insofar as not modified by these regulations, governed by the Code of Assessment which is contained in the ‘University Fees and General Information for Students’ section of the University Regulations published for that session.
5.2 The assessment of each taught course will be conducted by the institution teaching that course, with the course result determined in accordance with the assessment grading/mark schedule of that institution. In determining whether a candidate has satisfied the requirements set out in these regulations, the equivalence of course results recorded by the Partner Institutions to those recorded by the University of Glasgow shall be set out in the Programme Document. The result for the research portfolio will be determined in accordance with the assessment schedule of the University of Glasgow.
5.3 (a) Courses for which the candidate has registered must be counted towards the calculation of the candidate’s grade point average for the purposes of §6 and §8 unless other provision is justified by good cause circumstances affecting the candidate.
(b) This regulation applies where course registration continues: i) on the date on which the first summative assessment for that course is to be submitted; or ii) on such other date as may be specified in the course document for that course.
(c) This regulation does not apply to the Czech State Examination referred to in §8.1 or to any extra-curricular non credit-bearing modern language courses undertaken in association with the programme, the results from which will not contribute to calculation of the candidate’s grade point average.
(d) In relation to the degree awarded jointly by the University of Trento, the compulsory Italian language component is assessed on a Pass/Fail scale and therefore does not contribute to the calculation of the candidate's grade point average.
-
Progress
6.1 A candidate will be permitted to progress to preparation of the research portfolio only if he or she has obtained a grade point average of at least 12.0 in the taught courses referred to in §3 with at least 75% of the credits at grade D3 or better and all credits at grade F3 or above. The Programme Document may specify a course or courses in respect of which a specific grade is a minimum requirement of progression. A candidate for the degree awarded jointly by the University of Trento must achieve a Pass in the compulsory Italian language component identified on the Programme Document. Footnote: The grade point average is determined with reference to the schedule of grades and grade points contained in Schedule A and Schedule B of the University’s Code of Assessment. The grade point average is calculated by taking the product of each course’s weight and the candidate’s grade points and dividing the sum of these products by the sum of the courses’ weights. The weights shall correspond to the courses’ credit ratings unless specified otherwise in the relevant programme documentation. The grade point average is expressed to one decimal place (§16.34(a) of the Code of Assessment). In determining whether a candidate has satisfied requirements in relation to progress and award, no further rounding is permitted. For example, a grade point average of 11.9 would not satisfy a requirement for a grade point average of 12.
6.2 A candidate may be required to commence work on the research portfolio before the assessment of the taught courses referred to in §3 has been completed. Such a requirement shall not indicate that the candidate has satisfied the requirements for award in relation to the taught courses. In the event that subsequently after all opportunities at assessment have been exhausted the candidate does not achieve the standard required in relation to the taught courses specified in §8.1, the candidate will not be eligible for the award of the Masters degree and the following will apply:
- If the research portfolio has been submitted, it will be marked and a grade published.
- If the research portfolio has not been submitted but is substantially complete and no further supervisory input is required, the candidate may submit the work by the published deadline. The work will be marked and a grade published.
- If the research portfolio is not substantially complete or requires further supervisory input, the work should be discontinued and no submission made. No grade will be published for the candidate.
7. Reassessment of Research Portfolio
7.1 Where a candidate requires a higher grade in the research portfolio to satisfy the requirements set out in §8.1, reassessment of that research portfolio will be permitted on one occasion only, under such conditions as the Examiners may prescribe in each particular case. Normally, resubmission should be no later than three months after the date of the meeting of the Board of Examiners. There is no automatic entitlement to repeat any previous practical work associated with the research portfolio or to undertake further practical work.
7.2 Where at the time of publication of the grade achieved on the research portfolio a candidate has exhausted all assessment opportunities on the taught courses referred to in §3 and has failed to satisfy the standard required in relation to the taught courses specified in §8.1 for the award of the degree, a resubmission will only be permitted where the Board determines that no further supervisory input is required.
8. Requirements for the Award of the International Master Degree and Rules for Award of Distinction and Merit
8.1 A candidate will be eligible for the award of the Degree on obtaining:
(a) a grade point average of at least 12.0 in all the taught courses within the programme, as specified in §3, with at least 75% of these credits at grade D3 or aboce, and
(b) all credits at grade F3 or above, and
(c) grade D3 or above in the research portfolio, and
(d) grade D3 or above in all components of the Czech State Examination (comprising written and oral examination), and
(e) for the degree awarded jointly by the University of Trento, a Pass in the compulsory Italian language component identified on the Programme Document.
8.2, 8.3 and 8.4 refer to the 'weighted course grade profile'. This means the profile of course grades obtained across the taught courses and the research portfolio at the first attempt and weighted to reflect the relative credit weightings of the course.
8.3 A candidate will be eligible for the award with Merit on achieving at the first attempt:
(a) a grade point average of at least 14.5 across the taught courses and the research portfolio, and
(b) a grade point average of at least 14.0 for the taught courses, and
(c) grade C1 or above for the research portfolio.
Where a candidate has satisfied the requirements set out in §8.3 (b), and (c) and the grade point average obtained across the taught courses and research portfolio at the first attempt falls within the range 14.1 to 14 the Board of Examiners shall make the award with Merit where at least 50% of the weighted course grade profile comprises grades of B or above.
8.4 A candidate will be eligible for the award with Distinction on achieving at the first attempt:
(a) a grade point average of at least 17.5 across the taught courses and the research portfolio, and
(b) a grade point average of at least 17.0 for the taught courses, and
(c) grade B1 or above for the research portfolio.
Where a candidate has satisfied the requirements set out in §8.4 (b), and (c), and their grade point average obtained across the taught courses and research portfolio at the first attempt falls within the range 17.1 to 17.4 the Board of Examiners shall make the award with Distinction where at least 50% of the weighted course grade profile comprises A grades.
9. Transfer of Registration and Early Exit Awards
A candidate who is unable to complete the programme may be permitted to transfer their registration to a cognate programme of study leading to the award of a University of Glasgow Masters degree. Such a programme may provision for the exit awards of Postgraduate Certificate and Postgraduate Diploma.
10. Academic Appeals
A candidate wishing to appeal against an academic decision relating to a course should follow the academic appeals procedure of the Partner Institution delivering that course; a candidate wishing to appeal against an academic decision made in relation to the overall Programme should follow the academic appeals procedure of the University of Glasgow.
Programme Title | LLM |
---|---|
Programme Code | LLM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Law.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Law.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules / mandatory modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | LLM |
---|---|
Programme Code | LLM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Progression
To progress to Year 2 of the programme, students must pass all core modules / mandatory modules on their respective pathway.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Law.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Law.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA i Léann na Gaeilge |
---|---|
Programme Code | MAHG |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Dioplóma Iarchéime i Léann na Gaeilge, as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA i Léann na Gaeilge |
---|---|
Programme Code | MAHG |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must normally complete a minimum of 30 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students may be permitted to ‘carry’ failed or deferred modules into the next study period, subject to the approval of the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Dioplóma Iarchéime i Léann na Gaeilge, as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in Children's and Young Adult Literature |
---|---|
Programme Code | MAHCL |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
None specified.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits (excluding EL506) students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Children’s and Young Adult Literature, as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in Children's and Young Adult Literature |
---|---|
Programme Code | MAHCL |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 40 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying modules into the next academic session
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ failed or deferred modules into the next study period except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting. If the module to be carried is not available in the next academic session, the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or Progression and Award Board may recommend an alternative module to be taken by the student(s).
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Children’s and Young Adult Literature, as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in Choral Studies |
---|---|
Programme Code | MACS |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-Time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must normally complete a minimum of 30 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students may be permitted to ‘carry’ failed or deferred modules into the next study period, subject to the approval of the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Choral Studies, as indicated in the academic structure.
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Choral Studies, as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in Creative Writing |
---|---|
Programme Code | MACW |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits of taught modules, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Creative Writing, as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in Creative Writing |
---|---|
Programme Code | MACW |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits of taught modules, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Creative Writing, as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing |
---|---|
Programme Code | MDPPLC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full time (01) and Part time (02) |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
For the award of MA in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must accumulate 90 ECTS credits.
For the award of Graduate Diploma in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must accumulate 60 credits with a condition that at least 10 credits come from a taught law module and 10 credits from a taught computing module.
For the award of Graduate Certificate in Data Protection and Privacy: Law and Computing, a student must accumulate 30 credits with a condition that at least 10 credits come from a taught law module and 10 credits from a taught computing module.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
Part-time students are allowed to retake failed modules in their second year, unless specific problems with (for example) prerequisites exist. After first year, part time students, who failed modules are allowed to select which modules they will take, subject to the requirement that they must take a minimum of three modules a year and may not carry more than one additional module per semester, and given that the module is offered/examined in that period.
There will be no special timetable arrangements for students who choose to carry failed modules into their second year of study.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in Documentary Practice |
---|---|
Programme Code | MADP |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Award: GDDP
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Documentary Practice, as indicated in the academic structure.
3.2 Exit Award: GCDP
Upon successful completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Documentary Practice, as indicated in the academic structure.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Academic Structures webpage for this programme.
Programme Title | MA in Ethics |
---|---|
Programme Code | MAETH |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 40 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students may be permitted to ‘carry’ failed or deferred modules into the next study period subject to the approval of the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Ethics, as indicated in the academic structure.
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Ethics, as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in Ethics (Corporate Responsibility) |
---|---|
Programme Code | MAETCR |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have normally successfully completed 30 credits in Year 1 in order to progress to Year 2.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students may be permitted to ‘carry’ failed or deferred modules into the next study period subject to the approval of the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Ethics, as indicated in the academic structure.
Upon successful completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Ethics (Corporate Responsibility), as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in European Law and Policy |
---|---|
Programme Code | MELP |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in European Law and Policy.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in European Law and Policy.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in European Law and Policy |
---|---|
Programme Code | MELP |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
To progress to Year 2 of the programme, students must pass all core modules.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in European Law and Policy.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in European Law and Policy.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in History |
---|---|
Programme Code | MAHH |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 30 credits of core modules, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in History.
Upon successful completion of 60 credits of core modules, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in History.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in History |
---|---|
Programme Code | MAHH |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
To progress to Year 2 of the programme, students must pass all core modules in Year 1.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 30 credits of core modules, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in History.
Upon successful completion of 60 credits of core modules, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in History.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in International Relations |
---|---|
Programme Code | MIR |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in International Relations.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in International Relations.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in International Relations |
---|---|
Programme Code | MIR |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Optional Modules
Students must register for no less than 10 ECTS credits and no more than 20 ECTS credits of optional modules in any academic session.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Progression
To progress to Year 2 of the programme, students must pass all core modules.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in International Relations.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in International Relations.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in International Security and Conflict |
---|---|
Programme Code | MISC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in International Security and Conflict Studies.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in International Security and Conflict Studies.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in International Security and Conflict Studies |
---|---|
Programme Code | MISC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Optional Modules
Students must register for no less than 10 ECTS credits and no more than 20 ECTS credits of optional modules in any academic session.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Progression
To progress to Year 2 of the programme, students must pass all core modules.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in International Security and Conflict Studies.
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in International Security and Conflict Studies.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in Journalism |
---|---|
Programme Code | MAJ |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in Political Communication |
---|---|
Programme Code | MAP |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time, Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in Refugee Integration |
---|---|
Programme Code | MARI |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Students choosing a language option must register for one language module in each semester at the same level.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Upon completion of 60 credits of taught modules, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Refugee Integration, as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in Social Media Communications |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSMC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time, Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
On completion of 60 ECTS credits of taught core and taught optional modules, students may exit the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Social Media Communications.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in Theology and World Religions |
---|---|
Programme Code | MATHWR |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Language modules are offered for credit at 10 ECTS. While not required, students may register for a language module. However, a maximum of one language module may be taken for credit for the duration of the programme.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 60 credits of taught modules, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Theology and World Religions, as indicated in the academic structure.
Upon successful completion of 30 credits of taught modules, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Theology and World Religions, as indicated in the academic structure.
No more than 10 credits corresponding to a language module may apply to an exit award of any type.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in Theology and World Religions |
---|---|
Programme Code | MATHWR |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
Language modules are offered for credit at 10 ECTS. While not required, students may register for a language module. However, a maximum of one language module may be taken for credit for the duration of the programme.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for Progression
Students must have normally successfully completed a minimum of 30 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of Modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ failed or deferred modules into the next study period except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the approval of the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or the Progression and Award Board and mode of delivery permitting. If the module to be carried is not available in the next academic session, the Programme Board Examination Review Committee or the Progression and Award Board may recommend an alternative module to be taken by the student(s).
Where extenuating circumstances are to be taken into account, these must have been submitted by the student in line with normal procedure.
3.3 Exit Awards
Upon successful completion of 60 credits of taught modules, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Theology and World Religions, as indicated in the academic structure.
Upon successful completion of 30 credits of taught modules, students may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Theology and World Religions, as indicated in the academic structure.
No more than 10 credits corresponding to a language module may apply to an exit award of any type.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MA in Translation Studies |
---|---|
Programme Code | MTS |
Programme Title | MSc in Translation Technology |
Programme Code | MTT |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time and Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Students registered for the MA in Translation Studies who have successfully completed 60 ECTS credits of taught modules are permitted to exit from the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Translation Studies.
Students registered for the MSc in Translation Technology who have successfully completed 60 ECTS credits of taught modules are permitted to exit from the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Translation Technology.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award, the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | Micro-credential Modules Humanities and Social Sciences |
---|---|
Programme Code | MCMHSS |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Modular |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Climate Change: Policy, Media and Society |
---|---|
Programme Code | MCC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
On completion of 30 ECTS credits of taught core and taught optional modules, students may exit the programme with a Graduate Certificate in Climate Change.
On completion of 60 ECTS credits of taught core and taught optional modules, students may exit the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Climate Change: Policy, Media and Society.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Climate Change: Policy, Media and Society |
---|---|
Programme Code | MCC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
On completion of 30 ECTS credits of taught core and taught optional modules, students may exit the programme with a Graduate Certificate in Climate Change.
On completion of 60 ECTS credits of taught core and taught optional modules, students may exit the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Climate Change: Policy, Media and Society.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules, must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Emerging Media |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSCEM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Graduate Diploma as indicated in the academic structure.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Public Relations and Strategic Communications |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSCPR |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
On completion of 60 ECTS credits of taught core and taught optional modules, students may exit the programme with a Graduate Diploma in Public Relations and Strategic Communications.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Public Policy |
---|---|
Programme Code | MPP |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Public Policy.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Public Policy |
---|---|
Programme Code | MPP |
Offered on a full-time or a part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Progression
To progress to Year 2 of the programme, students must pass all core modules.
3.2 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 60 credits, students may exit with a Graduate Diploma in Public Policy.
Students undertaking the Education Policy pathway must complete the following modules to achieve the award of Graduate Diploma in Public Policy:
Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
---|---|---|
LG 5003 | Public Policy Analysis | 10 |
LG 5060 | Political Theory and Public Policy | 10 |
LG 5025 | Quantitative Methods for Social Sciences | 10 |
PR 9010 | Educational Policy | 10 |
PR 9011 | Qualitative Research Methods for Social Sciences | 10 |
PR 9012 | Governance and Regulation - The Theory, Policy, and Practice of Educational Evaluation | 10 |
Students on the Education Policy pathway may exit with a Graduate Certificate in Public Policy, on completion of the following 30 credits:
Module Code | Module Title | Credits |
---|---|---|
LG 5003 | Public Policy and Analysis | 10 |
LG 5060 | Political Theory and Public Policy | 10 |
PR 9010 | Educational Policy | 10 |
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc in Science and Health Communication |
---|---|
Programme Code | MSHC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time, Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Marks and Standards apply.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | MSc sa Bhainistíocht agus Gnó Digiteach |
---|---|
Programme Code | MBGD |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Part-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
None specified.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Exit Awards
Upon completion of 30 credits students may exit with a Teastas Iarchéime sa Bhainistíocht agus Gnó Digiteach.
Upon completion of 60 credits students may exit with a Dioplóma Iarchéime sa Bhainistíocht agus Gnó Digiteach.
Where a student requests to exit a programme with a lesser award the following precision rules apply. Core modules must be included in the calculation of the precision mark. When a student has completed more ECTS credits than needed for the award, any remaining credits required for the calculation of the precision mark will be selected from the remaining modules taken, using the best marks obtained. All marks used in the calculation of the precision mark will be the marks obtained at first attempt.
4. Compensation
Marks and Standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title |
BA in Humanities (Psychology Major) |
Programme Code |
BAPY |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis |
Online Distance Education |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The BA in Humanities (Psychology Major) degree will be awarded to a student who has successfully completed twelve modules (180 ECTS credits).
The classification of the award will be based on post-foundation module marks obtained at the first attempt, based on the following weighting:
One third from the average of the six intermediate level module marks
Two thirds from the average of the three advanced level module marks
Where the original precision mark is less than 40%, and the student subsequently successfully completes the requisite credits, the student will be awarded a Third Class Honours degree irrespective of the final marks achieved
To obtain an award at a specific classification, students must achieve the following:
First Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 70 |
Second Class Honours, Grade I | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 60 |
Second Class Honours, Grade III | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 50 |
Third Class Honours | Average mark across the post-foundation reckonable modules of at least 40 |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance at tutorials, workshops, etc. is not compulsory.
Please note: The completion of the PY320 independent research project involves a successful application for ethical approval of the project. If ethical approval is not granted for a research project a student cannot proceed to the data-collection phase.
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
Particular modules cannot be taken in combination, and certain modules cannot be taken without another module/other modules having previously been successfully completed (please see the relevant guide for module selection/registration schedule for full details).
See here for guides to module selection (registration schedules). These contain the full list of progression rules and guidelines.
3.1 Exit Awards
Students may exit the programme with a Diploma after successful completion of eight modules (120 ECTS credits), of which at least six must be psychology modules.
4. Compensation
Compensation is not permitted on any modules on this programme.
5. Resit Categories
The resits offered for the August examinations diet vary depending on the module to be re-taken. The following is an explanation of the resit categories. All modules except those specified below fall into category 1.
- Resit category 1: A resit is available for all components of the module.
- Resit category 2: No resit is available where the module is 100% assessed by continuous assessment.
- Resit category 3: No resit is available for the continuous assessment component and the examination must be re-taken.
Programme Title | Biological Sciences General Entry |
---|---|
Programme Code | BGE |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is monitored on the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 151 | Practical Biology |
CS 151 | Chemistry Laboratory |
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 102 | How Life Works 1 |
CS 102 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period of the relevant pathway, BSc in Biotechnology, BSc in Genetics and Cell Biology, BSc in Bioprocessing.
This stipulation does not apply to deferred, repeat or legacy students.
While progression into Year 2 of BSc in Biotechnology, BSc in Genetics and Cell Biology, BSc in Bioprocessing is available to all BGE students, Year 2 programme places will be assigned to BGE students, based on their Year 1 grades (merit order). When places for Year 2 programmes are limited, BGE1 students will be offered one of their Year 2 programme choices.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 151 | Practical Biology |
CS 151 | Chemistry Laboratory |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
As agreed by USC, under the 'Framework for consideration of students with outstanding assessment material for Category 2 modules in exceptional circumstances'. PABs have the opportunity to provide students with some additional time to complete outstanding elements of assessment after the May PAB. This is normally in exceptional limited circumstances and there are a number of criteria to meet.
The following are the modules can be considered under this framework:
- BE151
Programme Title | BSc in Actuarial Maths |
---|---|
Programme Code | ACM |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 2 | 25% |
Year 3 | 15% |
Year 4 | 60% |
1.2 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
These modules are listed below:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
MS 103 | Linear Mathematics I |
MS 104 | Linear Mathematics II |
MS 113 | Integral Calculus |
MS 114 | Sequences and Series |
MS 205 | Calculus of Several Variables |
MS 217 | Linear Algebra |
MS 231 | Analysis 2 |
MS 211 | Introduction to Differential Equations |
MS 232 | Probability II |
MS 408 | Probability and Finance II (Intermediate) |
MS 437 | Probability and Finance I (Intermediate) |
MS 434 | Optimisation |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
This programme is fully accredited by the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries, UK.
Marks and Standards Apply
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
Students must successfully complete a minimum of 62.5 credits in Year 4 to be awarded the BSc in Actuarial Mathematics.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to carry modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
EF 116 | Introduction to Microeconomics |
EF 117 | Introduction to Macroeconomics |
MS 117 | Probability I |
MS 226 | Statistics I |
AC 316 | Accounting I |
MS 228 | Statistics II |
EF 316 | Accounting II |
MS 308 | Stochastic Modelling |
MS 318 | Financial Mathematics |
MS 338 | Actuarial Modelling I |
MS 349 | Financial and Actuarial Models |
IN 314 | INTRA ACM |
MS 427 | Financial Economics I |
MS 430 | Financial Economics II |
MS 447 | Time Series (Intermediate) |
MS 424 | Life Contingencies |
MS 455 | Simulation for Finance |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BSc in Analytical Science |
---|---|
Programme Code | AS |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 3 | 25% |
Year 4 | 75% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is compulsory and monitored on the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 151 | Practical Biology |
CS 151 | Chemistry Laboratory |
CS 150 | Interdisciplinary Science |
CS 261 | Organic Chemistry Laboratory and Spectroscopic Workshop |
BE 261 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
CS 260 | Inorganic and Physical Chemistry Laboratory |
BE 262 | Practical Microbiology and Genetics Laboratory |
CS 351 | Analysis of Organic and Inorganic Species |
BE 353 | Bioanalytical Practicals I |
BE 494 | Analytical Science Research Project |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 102 | How Life Works 2 |
CS 102 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
CS 204 | Organic Chemistry |
CS 215 | Kinetics and Thermodynamics |
MS 223 | Probability and Statistics |
CS 302 | Separation Techniques |
BE 323 | Advanced Cell Biology |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 151 | Practical Biology |
CS 151 | Chemistry Laboratory |
CS 150 | Interdisciplinary Science |
CS 261 | Organic Chemistry Laboratory and Spectroscopic Workshop |
BE 261 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
CS 260 | Inorganic and Physical Chemistry Laboratory |
BE 262 | Practical Microbiology and Genetics Laboratory |
CS 351 | Analysis of Organic and Inorganic Species |
BE 353 | Bioanalytical Practicals I |
IN 302 | INTRA |
FSH 302 | INTRA - Industry & Career Related Assignments |
BE 494 | Analytical Science Research Project |
CS 454 | Project |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
As agreed by USC, under the 'Framework for consideration of students with outstanding assessment material for Category 2 modules in exceptional circumstances'. PABs have the opportunity to provide students with some additional time to complete outstanding elements of assessment after the May PAB. This is normally in exceptional limited circumstances and there are a number of criteria to meet.
The following are the modules can be considered under this framework:
- BE151
- BE226
- BE261
- BE262
- BE353
- BE494
Programme Title | BSc in Applied Physics |
---|---|
Programme Code | AP |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 3 | 20% |
Year 4 | 80% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is monitored on the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
PS 258 | Physics Laboratory III |
PS 260 | Physics Laboratory IV (AP) |
IN 304 | INTRA (Physics) |
PS 351 | Physics Laboratory V |
PS 451 | Final Year Project |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
PS 207 | Nuclear Physics and Relativity |
MS 200 | Linear Algebra |
PS 202 | Electromagnetism |
PS 204 | Solid State Physics I |
PS 218 | Physics of Renewable Energy |
PS 301 | Quantum Physics II |
PS 302 | Statistical Physics I |
PS 305 | Semiconductor Physics I |
PS 307 | Wave Optics |
PS 402 | Solid State Physics |
PS 407 | Quantum Electronics |
PS 412 | Electrodynamics |
PS 403 | Digital Signal Processing |
PS 406 | Plasma Science and Technology |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period (62.5 in Year 2) in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
PS 258 | Physics Laboratory III |
PS 260 | Physics Laboratory IV (AP) |
IN 304 | INTRA (Physics) |
PS 351 | Physics Laboratory V |
PS 451 | Final Year Project |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
6. Repeat Arrangements
CA121 and PS213 will be made available to potential repeat/deferred students only in 2023/2024.
Programme Title | BSc in Athletic Therapy and Training |
---|---|
Programme Code | ATT |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
For entrants prior to 2018 the following applies
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 1 | N/A |
Year 2 | 19% |
Year 3 | 54% |
Year 4 | 27% |
From 2018/2019 the following will apply for the next 4 years.
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 1 | N/A |
Year 2 | 15% |
Year 3 | 50% |
Year 4 | 35% |
Note: Due to students undertaking their clinical experience in the first semester of year 4 (semester 7) which is a pass/fail module, it does not contribute to the overall award classification.
Students who transfer into the programme in 2nd or 3rd year will have their degree classification based on the contribution precision marks that were achieved at DCU as per the weightings outlined above in the relevant years.
1.2 Monitored Attendance
An attendance of 80% is mandatory for successful completion of the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
SS 102 | Introduction to Exercise Science |
SS 105 | Conditioning Science 1: Theoretical Approaches |
SS 107 | Motor Control and Learning |
SS 203 | Integrated Sport and Exercise Physiology |
SS 218 | Injuries 1 |
SS 219 | Injuries 2 |
SS 231 | Introduction to Clinical Practice |
SS 232 | Emergency Care |
SS 312 | Medicine in Sport |
SS 314 | Soft Tissue Therapies |
SS 318 | Rehabilitation |
SS 320 | Clinical Reasoning in Practice |
SS 333 | Pain Science, Applied Modalities and Clinical Practice |
SS 336 | Exercise and Chronic Illness Rehabilitation |
SS 337 | Injuries 3 |
SS 426 | Independent Clinical Practice |
SS 424 | Rehabilitation in Practice |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must normally have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
Repeat / deferred students credits may range between 60 – 65 in year 3
Students will not be permitted to “carry” modules except in the circumstances outlined below.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Where students fail/defer module(s) in Year 3 (SS213 and SS411) the Programme Board may allow them to progress and complete their Clinical Experience (placement) in the first semester of year 4.
However, they will not be allowed to progress to the second semester of Year 4 until they pass all Year 3 modules. Students will be eligible to register to complete the following Year 3 semester 1 modules while on clinical experience - SS213 and SS411. Students will be given distance learning support to aid their study.
4. Compensation
Marks and standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title |
BSc in Athletic Therapy and Training (Integrated) MSc in Athletic Therapy and Strength and Conditioning |
---|---|
Programme Code | ATTI/MSASI |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 3 | 40% |
Year 4 | 60% |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
Repeat / deferred students credits may range between 60 – 65 in year 3
3.2 Carrying of modules
Where students fail/defer module(s) in Year 3 (SS213 and SS411) the Programme Board may allow them to progress and complete their Clinical Experience (placement) in the first semester of year 4.
However, they will not be allowed to progress to the second semester of Year 4 until they pass all Year 3 modules. Students will be eligible to register to complete the following Year 3 semester 1 modules while on clinical experience - SS213 and SS411. Students will be given distance learning support to aid their study.
4. Compensation
Marks and standards apply.
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
Programme Title | BSc in Bioprocessing |
---|---|
Programme Code | BP |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 3 | 20% |
Year 4 | 80% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is compulsory and monitored on the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 214 | Bioprocess Research and Design |
BE 215 | Computational Skills for Bioprocess Engineering |
BE 216 | Contemporary issues in the Manufacture of Biological Products |
BE 261 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
BE 262 | Practical Microbiology & Genetics Laboratory |
IN 312 | INTRA School of Biotechnology |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 224 | Bioprocess Engineering Principles |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 261 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
BE 262 | Practical Microbiology & Genetics Laboratory |
IN 312 | INTRA School of Biotechnology |
5. Resit Category
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
As agreed by USC, under the 'Framework for consideration of students with outstanding assessment material for Category 2 modules in exceptional circumstances'. PABs have the opportunity to provide students with some additional time to complete outstanding elements of assessment after the May PAB. This is normally in exceptional limited circumstances and there are a number of criteria to meet.
The following are the modules can be considered under this framework:
- BE261
- BE262
- BE317
Programme Title | BSc in Biotechnology |
---|---|
Programme Code | BT |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 3 | 20%, calculated using Semester 1 modules only |
Year 4 | 80% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is monitored on the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 151 | Practical Biology |
CS 151 | Chemistry Laboratory |
BE 205 | Statistics |
BE 257 | Scientific Literature |
BE 261 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
BE 262 | Practical Microbiology & Genetics Laboratory |
BE 272 | Bioprocessing & Instrumentation Laboratory |
BE 371 | Bioprocess Engineering Laboratory |
BE 380 | Gene Cloning, Protein Expression & Purification |
FSH 302 | Industry and Career Related Assignments |
IN 312* | INTRA BT |
IN 303* | INTRA Alternative |
BE 451 | Bioprocessing Laboratory |
BE 454 | Advanced Bioanalysis Laboratory |
BE 489 | Literature Review and Experimental Design |
BE 492 | Research Project |
*IN 303 15 credits / IN 312 30 credits
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 102 | How Life works 2 |
CS 102 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
BE 224 | Bioprocess Engineering Principles |
CS 204 | Organic Chemistry |
BE 323 | Advanced Cell Biology |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 151 | Practical Biology |
CS 151 | Chemistry Laboratory |
BE 261 | Practical Biochemistry Laboratory |
BE 262 | Practical Microbiology & Genetics Laboratory |
BE 272 | Bioprocessing & Instrumentation Laboratory |
BE 380 | Gene Cloning, Protein Expression and Purification |
IN 312 | INTRA School of Biotechnology |
BE 371 | Bioprocess Engineering Laboratory |
BE 416 | Commercial Biotechnology & Biopharma |
BE 451 | Bioprocessing Laboratory |
BE 454 | Advanced Bioanalysis Laboratory |
BE 489 | Literature Review & Experimental Design |
BE 492 | Research Project |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
As agreed by USC, under the 'Framework for consideration of students with outstanding assessment material for Category 2 modules in exceptional circumstances'. PABs have the opportunity to provide students with some additional time to complete outstanding elements of assessment after the May PAB. This is normally in exceptional limited circumstances and there are a number of criteria to meet.
The following are the modules can be considered under this framework:
- BE151
- BE261
- BE262
- BE272
- BE371
- BE380
- BE451
- BE454
- BE492
Programme Title | BSc in Chemical and Pharmaceutical Sciences |
---|---|
Programme Code | AC |
Offered on a full-time or part-time basis | Full-time |
Note: Programme Regulations should be read in conjunction with Marks and Standards which can be found on the Policies and Regulations webpage.
1. Programme Specific Rules and Requirements
1.1 Calculation for the Award Classification
The calculation of the final year award classification includes contributions from previous years’ results as follows:
Year/Subject Contribution | Contribution to the Award Classification |
---|---|
Year 3 | 25% |
Year 4 | 75% |
1.2 Monitored Attendance
Attendance is compulsory and monitored on the following modules:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 151 | Practical Biology |
CS 151 | Chemistry Laboratory |
CS 150 | Interdisciplinary Science |
CS 262 | Chemistry Laboratory and Spectroscopic Workshop for AC |
CS 253 | Physical Chemistry Laboratory |
CS 254 | Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory |
CS 363 | Synthesis and Analysis of Pharmaceuticals |
1.3 Module Calculation
There are modules on this programme where the module mark will be calculated as the greater of (a) the weighted average of the continuous assessment percentage mark and the terminal examination percentage mark or (b) the terminal examination mark.
The modules are as follows:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 102 | How Life Works 2 |
CS 102 | Introductory Chemistry 2 |
CS 204 | Organic Chemistry |
CS 215 | Kinetics and Thermodynamics |
MS 223 | Probability and Statistics |
CS 302 | Separation Techniques |
2. Derogations from Marks and Standards
Marks and Standards apply.
3. Progression
3.1 Credits for progression
Students must have successfully completed a minimum of 60 credits in a study period in order to progress to the next study period.
3.2 Carrying of modules
Students will not be permitted to ‘carry’ modules under any circumstances.
4. Compensation
Compensation may apply, within the regulations specified in Marks and Standards, to all modules except the following:
Module Code | Module Title |
---|---|
BE 151 | Practical Biology |
CS 151 | Chemistry Laboratory |
CS 150 | Interdisciplinary Science |
CS 262 | Chemistry Laboratory and Spectroscopic Workshop for AC |
CS 253 | Physical Chemistry Laboratory |
CS 254 | Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory |
CS 363 | Synthesis and Analysis of Pharmaceuticals |
IN 302 | INTRA |
FSH 302 | INTRA - Industry & Career Related Assignments |
CS 454 | Project |
5. Resit Categories
The resit categories of modules on this programme and an explanation of those categories can be found on the Registry's Academic Structures webpage.
As agreed by USC, under the 'Framework for consideration of students with outstanding assessment material for Category 2 modules in exceptional circumstances'. PABs have the opportunity to provide students with some additional time to complete outstanding elements of assessment after the May PAB. This is normally in exceptional limited circumstances